Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

the work was contracted out

  • 1 contract

    (a) (agreement) contrat m;
    to draw up a contract dresser ou rédiger un contrat;
    to sign a contract signer un contrat;
    to cancel a contract résilier ou annuler un contrat;
    to be bound by contract être lié(e) par contrat;
    to break one's contract rompre son contrat;
    to be under contract (to) être sous contrat (avec)
    contract of apprenticeship contrat d'apprentissage;
    contract bond garantie f d'exécution;
    contract of carriage contrat de transport;
    contract of employment contrat de travail;
    contract law droit m des contrats;
    contract note note f ou bordereau m de contrat; STOCK EXCHANGE avis m d'exécution ou d'opération sur titre;
    contract of service louage f de services
    (b) (to supply goods, services) soumission f, adjudication f;
    to put work out to contract sous-traiter du travail, faire effectuer un travail en sous-traitance;
    to give or award a contract to sb accorder un contrat à qn;
    to tender for a contract soumissionner à une adjudication;
    to secure a contract for sth obtenir un contrat pour qch;
    they were given a contract to build the new road ils se sont vu attribuer le contrat pour construire la nouvelle route;
    to enter into a contract (of person) passer un contrat ( with avec)
    contract date date f contractuelle;
    contract labour main-d'œuvre f contractuelle;
    contract price prix m contractuel;
    contract staff personnel m en contrat à durée déterminée ou en CDD;
    contract work travail m en sous-traitance
    to contract to do sth s'engager (par contrat) à faire qch, entreprendre de faire qch
    to contract for the supply of sth s'engager à fournir qch;
    to contract for work entreprendre des travaux à forfait
    s'engager par contrat; (into insurance policy, pension plan) souscrire
    (work) donner en sous-traitance (to à)
    the work was contracted out on a donné le travail à un sous-traitant
    British se dégager d'un contrat; (out of insurance policy, pension plan) arrêter de souscrire (of à)

    English-French business dictionary > contract

  • 2 para

    prep.
    1 for.
    es para ti it's for you
    una mesa para el salón a table for the living room
    esta agua no es buena para beber this water isn't fit for drinking o to drink
    te lo repetiré para que te enteres I'll repeat it so you understand
    ¿para qué? what for?
    2 (in order) to.
    para conseguir sus propósitos in order to achieve his aims
    lo he hecho para agradarte I did it to please you
    3 toward.
    ir para casa to head (for) home
    salir para el aeropuerto to leave for the airport
    4 for (time).
    tiene que estar acabado para mañana it has to be finished by o for tomorrow
    5 to.
    la comida está lista para servir the meal is ready to be served
    el atleta está preparado para ganar the athlete is ready to win
    pres.indicat.
    3rd person singular (él/ella/ello) present indicative of spanish verb: parar.
    pres.subj.
    3rd person singular (él/ella/ello) Present Subjunctive of Spanish verb: parir.
    imperat.
    2nd person singular (tú) Imperative of Spanish verb: parar.
    * * *
    2 (uso, utilidad) for
    los cuchillos son para cortar, no para jugar con ellos knives are for cutting, not for playing with
    ¿tienes algo para el dolor de cabeza? have you got anything for a headache?
    3 (destino, dirección) for, to
    el tren para Toledo sale a las 18.00 the train to Toledo leaves at 18.00
    ¿para dónde vas? where are you going?
    4 (tiempo, fechas límites) by, before
    1 (finalidad) to, in order to
    2 (suficiente) enough
    \
    para entonces by then
    para con towards, to
    para que so that
    ¿para qué? what for?
    ¿para qué has comprado eso? what did you buy that for?
    ¡que para qué! familiar very, really, terribly
    ¡hace un frío que para qué! it's freezing
    ¡es más torpe que para qué! she's so clumsy!
    * * *
    prep.
    1) for
    2) to
    4) by
    - para detrás
    - para que
    * * *
    I
    PREP
    1) [indicando finalidad, uso] for

    es demasiado cara para nosotros — it's too dear for us, it's beyond our means

    para esto, podíamos habernos quedado en casa — if this is it, we might as well have stayed at home

    2)

    para que —

    a) + subjun
    b) [en preguntas]

    ¿para qué lo quieres? — why do you want it?, what do you want it for?

    ¿para qué sirve? — what's it for?

    -¿por qué no se lo dices? -¿para qué? — "why don't you tell her?" - "what's the point o use?"

    tú ya has pasado por eso, ¿para qué te voy a contar? — you've already been through that, so there's no point o use me telling you

    tengo un hambre que para qué[uso enfático] I'm absolutely starving *

    3) + infin
    a) [indicando finalidad] to

    estoy ahorrando para comprarme una moto — I'm saving up to buy a motorbike, I'm saving up for a motorbike

    no es para comer — it's not for eating, it's not to be eaten

    b) [indicando secuencia temporal]
    4) [con expresiones de tiempo]

    un cuarto para las diez LAm a quarter to ten

    son cinco para las ocho LAm it's five to eight

    5) [indicando dirección]

    para atrás — back, backwards

    el autobús para Marbella — the bus for Marbella, the Marbella bus

    ir para casa — to go home, head for home

    6) [indicando opiniones]

    para mí que mientein my opinion o if you ask me he's lying

    7) [en comparaciones]

    ¿quién es usted para gritarme así? — who are you to shout at me like that?

    para patatas, las de mi pueblo — if it's potatoes you want, look no further than my home town

    para ruidosos, los españoles — there's nobody like the Spaniards for being noisy

    8) [indicando trato]

    para con — to, towards

    tan amable para con todosso kind to o towards everybody

    estar 1., 7), ir 1., 10) II
    * SM paratrooper, para *
    * * *
    1) (expresando destino, finalidad, intención) for

    ¿para qué revista escribes? — what magazine do you write for?

    ¿para qué sirve esto? — what's this (used) for?

    ¿para qué lo quieres? — what do you want it for?

    ¿para qué se lo dijiste? — what did you tell him for?

    que para qué decirte/hablar — (fam)

    tenían un hambre que para qué decirte/hablar — they were starving

    2)

    para + inf — to + inf

    3)

    para que + subj: lo dice para que yo me preocupe he (only) says it to worry me; pídeselo - ¿para que me diga que no? ask him for it - so he can say no?; cierra para que no nos oigan — close the door so (that) they don't hear us

    para + inf: soy lo bastante viejo (como) para recordarlo I'm old enough to remember it; bastante tengo yo (como) para estar ocupándome de ti I've enough problems of my own without having to deal with yours as well; es (como) para matarlo! (fam) I'll kill him! (colloq); para que + subj: basta con que él aparezca para que ella se ponga nerviosa — he only has to appear for her to get flustered

    6) (en comparaciones, contrastes)

    para lo que come, no está gordo — considering how much he eats, he's not fat

    para el caso que me hacen...! — for all the notice they take of me...

    para + inf: para haber sido improvisado fue un discurso excelente for an off-the-cuff speech it was excellent; ¿quién es él para hablarte así? who does he think he is, speaking to you like that ?; para que + subj: es mucho para que lo haga sola it's too much for you to do it on your own; tanto esforzarme por ellos para que no te lo agradezcan! — after all that effort I made for them they didn't even say thankyou!

    7)

    estar para algo/+ inf — ( indicando estado)

    para mí que no viene — if you ask me, he won't come

    para su padre, es un genio — in his father's opinion o as far as his father's concerned, he is a genius

    ¿qué es lo más importante para ti? — what's the most important thing for you?

    9)

    empuja para arribapush up o upward(s)

    ¿vas para el centro? — are you going to o toward(s) the center?

    va para los 50 añosshe's going o (BrE) getting on for fifty

    a) (señalando una fecha, un plazo)

    ¿cuánto te falta para terminar? — how much have you got left to do?

    ¿para cuándo espera? — when is the baby due?

    b) (AmL exc RPl) ( al decir la hora) to
    11)

    tengo para rato — (fam) I'm going to be a while (yet)

    esto va para largo — (fam) this is going to take some time

    ¿qué le regalo para el cumpleaños? — what can I give him for his birthday?

    se fue para nunca volver — (liter) she went away never to return

    * * *
    = for, for, for the sake of, in order to, in respect of, in the interest(s) of, in the interest(s) of, so as, toward(s), within, in an attempt to, in an effort to, for purposes of, in a bid to, as a means of, in a drive to, in the drive to, if + Nombre + be + to.
    Ex. For newly created authority entries the date recorded is the date the entry was created.
    Ex. This gamut of information presents the indexer and user with problems in choosing access points for conference proceedings.
    Ex. The advocates of ISBD originally argued that it was for the sake of the computer.
    Ex. Any attempt to organise knowledge must, in order to justify the effort of organisation, have an objective.
    Ex. It is perhaps fortunate that the array of terms that are used to describe indexes is a little more restricted than the variety of terms used in respect of catalogues.
    Ex. In the interest of clarity an integrated account of the appropriate added entry headings is to be found in 21.29 and 21.30.
    Ex. In the interest of clarity an integrated account of the appropriate added entry headings is to be found in 21.29 and 21.30.
    Ex. A catalogue code is a systematic arrangement of laws and statutes so as to avoid inconsistency and duplication in catalogues.
    Ex. An appreciation of alternative approaches is particularly important in this field where trends towards standardisation are the norm.
    Ex. Most data base producers have in-house guidelines for bibliographic description, and aim to achieve consistency of citation within their products.
    Ex. The first treaty of all was designed to pool the coal and steel resources of Europe in an attempt to overcome the devastation of the Second World War and to foster the concept of European unity.
    Ex. Many libraries have had fine free days or weeks in an effort to entice strayed material back.
    Ex. This article discusses the advantages to libraries of computer technology for purposes of bibliographic control and on-line access.
    Ex. In a bid to leapfrog stages of development, some transitional economies are investing heavily in building up information age infrastructures.
    Ex. The idea of tiered, or multilayered, citation is proposed as a means of testing this hypothesis = Se propone la idea de citar de una forma estratificada o por niveles para comprobar esta hipótesis.
    Ex. The library has contracted out the management of its computerized information system to Dynix in a drive to improve library service.
    Ex. The story of the postwar diner suggests some ways that purveyors of consumer commodities finessed and exploited emergent social dislocations in the drive to expand and diversify markets.
    Ex. Some foods such as vegetable preserves which result from complicated and fragile fermentations must be made at specific times of the year if they are to succeed.
    ----
    * ¿para qué sirve... ? = what's the use of... ?.
    * para abrir boca = as a kind of + appetiser.
    * para actuar = for action.
    * para alguna gente = to some people.
    * para algunas personas = to some people.
    * para algunos = to some.
    * para aquel entonces = by then.
    * para atraer al cliente = window dressing.
    * para beneficio de = for the good of.
    * para bien = for the best, for the better.
    * para bien de = in the best interests of, for the good of.
    * para bien de Alguien = in + Posesivo + best interest.
    * para bien o para mal = for better or (for) worse, for good or (for) ill, for good or (for) evil.
    * para bodas = bridal.
    * para chuparse los dedos = scrumptious, yummy [yummier -comp., yummiest -sup.].
    * para cocinar uno mismo = self-catering.
    * para colmo = into the bargain, into the bargain, to cap it all (off), on top of everything else, but to make things worse, but to make matters worse, for good measure, to add insult to injury.
    * para colmo de males = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.
    * para comenzar diremos que = to begin with.
    * para complicar aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.
    * para concluir = in closing, in conclusion, to wrap things up.
    * para confundir aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.
    * para cuando = by the time.
    * para cubrir gastos = on a cost-recovery basis.
    * para cubrirse las espaldas = as a backup.
    * para decir la verdad = to be honest.
    * para detrimento de = to the neglect of.
    * para diario = everyday.
    * para disgusto de = to the disgust of.
    * para divertirse = for kicks.
    * para echar sal en la herida = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.
    * para el año próximo = for the year ahead.
    * para el arrastre = over the hill.
    * para el beneficio de = for the benefit of.
    * para el bien de = for the benefit of.
    * para el caso = for that matter.
    * para el esparcimiento = recreational.
    * para el futuro = for the years to come, for the years ahead, for the future.
    * para el inglés su casa es su castillo = an Englishman's home is his castle.
    * para ello = to that end, to this end, to that effect, therefor.
    * para el ocio = recreational.
    * para el que lo quiera = up for grabs.
    * para embalsamar = embalming.
    * para empeorar las cosas = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.
    * para empezar = for one, initially, to start with, to begin with, for starters, first off.
    * para entonces = by then.
    * para escribir con mayúsculas = in a shifted position.
    * para eso = therefor.
    * para este fin = to this end.
    * para esto = therefor.
    * para evitar su uso indebido por los niños = childproof.
    * para expresar dimensiones = by.
    * para + Fecha = by + Fecha.
    * para finales de = by the end of.
    * para finales de + Expresión Temporal = by the close of + Expresión Temporal.
    * para finalizar = in closing.
    * para fines múltiples = multipurpose [multi-purpose].
    * para futuras consultas = for future reference.
    * para hacer dinero = money-making.
    * para hacer esto = in this.
    * para hacer fundas = sleeving.
    * para hacer juego = to match.
    * para hacer justicia = in fairness to.
    * para hacer las paces = peace offering.
    * para hacerlo + Adjetivo = for + Nombre's sake.
    * para hacer más fácil = for ease of.
    * para impresionar = for effect.
    * para + Infinitivo = for + Gerundio.
    * para jóvenes = youth-serving.
    * para la eternidad = in perpetuity.
    * para la evaluación de hipótesis = hypothesis-testing.
    * para la formación autodidacta = self-instructional.
    * para la gestión de información textual = text-handling.
    * para la posteridad = for posterity.
    * para la web = Web-related.
    * para llamar la atención = for effect.
    * para mantener ocupado = keep-busy.
    * para mantener(se) ocupado = keep-busy.
    * para más información = for further details.
    * para más inri = to cap it all (off), on top of everything else, but to make things worse, but to make matters worse.
    * para mayor información sobre = for details of.
    * para mayor información véase + Nombre = see + Nombre + for further details.
    * para mayor inri = to cap it all (off), on top of everything else, but to make things worse, but to make matters worse.
    * para mí = for myself.
    * para microordenadores = micro-computer based.
    * para nada = in vain, to no avail, without any avail, vainly, of no avail.
    * para no = so as not to.
    * para + Nombre = for + Nombre + purposes.
    * para no ser menos = not to be outdone.
    * para novias = bridal.
    * para + Número = seat + Número.
    * para ordenadores personales = microcomputer-based, PC-based.
    * para orquesta = orchestral.
    * para otra ocasión = for future reference.
    * para para lavarse la cara = washrag.
    * para partirse de risa = side-splitting.
    * para PCs = PC-based.
    * para pelearse hacen falta dos = it takes two to tangle, it takes two to tango, it takes two to make a quarrel.
    * para personas con intereses similares = birds-of-a-feather.
    * para + Posesivo + disgusto = to + Posesivo + chagrin.
    * para + Posesivo + gran sorpresa = much to + Posesivo + surprise.
    * para + Posesivo + propio bien = for + Posesivo + own good.
    * para + Posesivo + sorpresa = to + Posesivo + surprise.
    * para posteriores usos = for subsequent use.
    * para principios de siglo = by the turn of the century.
    * para + Pronombre Personal = in + Posesivo + eyes.
    * para protegerse = protectively.
    * para que = in order that, so that, seeing that.
    * para que así conste = for the record.
    * para que este sea el caso = for this to be the case.
    * para que esto sea así = for this to be the case.
    * para que no falte = for good measure.
    * para que no falte de nada = for good measure.
    * para que no + Subjuntivo = if + Nombre + be not + to + Infinitivo, lest + Frase Verbal.
    * para que no vaya a faltar = for good measure.
    * para que quede constancia = for the record.
    * para que quede más claro = for main effects.
    * para que vayamos pensando = food for thought.
    * para resumir = to sum up, to sum it up, to make a long story short, to recap, to cut a long story short, simply put, simply stated.
    * para ser específico = to be specific.
    * para ser franco = to be blunt, in all honesty.
    * para ser más explícito = to elaborate a little further.
    * para ser sincero = to be blunt, to be honest, in all honesty.
    * para siempre = forever, in perpetuity, for good, eternally, terminally, ever after.
    * para siempre en el futuro = for the indefinite future.
    * para sorpresa de todos = to everyone's surprise.
    * para sorpresa + Posesivo = to + Posesivo + surprise.
    * para su fácil + Nombre = for ease of + Nombre.
    * para su posterior uso = for subsequent use.
    * para su uso posterior = for subsequent use.
    * para terminar = in closing.
    * para toda la empresa = company-wide, enterprise-wide.
    * para toda la industria = industry-wide.
    * para toda la universidad = university-wide.
    * para toda la vida = lifelong [life-long], for life.
    * para todo el mercado = industry-wide.
    * para todos los efectos prácticos = for all practical purposes.
    * para todos por igual = across the board [across-the-board].
    * para todo tipo de tiempo = all-weather.
    * para todo uso = all-purpose.
    * para tomar medidas = for action.
    * para trabajos pesados = heavy-duty.
    * para una única ocasión = one-time.
    * para un futuro mejor = for a better future.
    * para uso comercial = commercially-owned.
    * para uso del profesional = professional-use.
    * para uso industrial = heavy-duty.
    * para uso personal = for personal use.
    * para usos posteriores = for subsequent use.
    * para vergüenza + Pronombre Posesivo = to + Posesivo + shame.
    * sin parar = interminably.
    * * *
    1) (expresando destino, finalidad, intención) for

    ¿para qué revista escribes? — what magazine do you write for?

    ¿para qué sirve esto? — what's this (used) for?

    ¿para qué lo quieres? — what do you want it for?

    ¿para qué se lo dijiste? — what did you tell him for?

    que para qué decirte/hablar — (fam)

    tenían un hambre que para qué decirte/hablar — they were starving

    2)

    para + inf — to + inf

    3)

    para que + subj: lo dice para que yo me preocupe he (only) says it to worry me; pídeselo - ¿para que me diga que no? ask him for it - so he can say no?; cierra para que no nos oigan — close the door so (that) they don't hear us

    para + inf: soy lo bastante viejo (como) para recordarlo I'm old enough to remember it; bastante tengo yo (como) para estar ocupándome de ti I've enough problems of my own without having to deal with yours as well; es (como) para matarlo! (fam) I'll kill him! (colloq); para que + subj: basta con que él aparezca para que ella se ponga nerviosa — he only has to appear for her to get flustered

    6) (en comparaciones, contrastes)

    para lo que come, no está gordo — considering how much he eats, he's not fat

    para el caso que me hacen...! — for all the notice they take of me...

    para + inf: para haber sido improvisado fue un discurso excelente for an off-the-cuff speech it was excellent; ¿quién es él para hablarte así? who does he think he is, speaking to you like that ?; para que + subj: es mucho para que lo haga sola it's too much for you to do it on your own; tanto esforzarme por ellos para que no te lo agradezcan! — after all that effort I made for them they didn't even say thankyou!

    7)

    estar para algo/+ inf — ( indicando estado)

    para mí que no viene — if you ask me, he won't come

    para su padre, es un genio — in his father's opinion o as far as his father's concerned, he is a genius

    ¿qué es lo más importante para ti? — what's the most important thing for you?

    9)

    empuja para arribapush up o upward(s)

    ¿vas para el centro? — are you going to o toward(s) the center?

    va para los 50 añosshe's going o (BrE) getting on for fifty

    a) (señalando una fecha, un plazo)

    ¿cuánto te falta para terminar? — how much have you got left to do?

    ¿para cuándo espera? — when is the baby due?

    b) (AmL exc RPl) ( al decir la hora) to
    11)

    tengo para rato — (fam) I'm going to be a while (yet)

    esto va para largo — (fam) this is going to take some time

    ¿qué le regalo para el cumpleaños? — what can I give him for his birthday?

    se fue para nunca volver — (liter) she went away never to return

    * * *
    = for, for, for the sake of, in order to, in respect of, in the interest(s) of, in the interest(s) of, so as, toward(s), within, in an attempt to, in an effort to, for purposes of, in a bid to, as a means of, in a drive to, in the drive to, if + Nombre + be + to.

    Ex: For newly created authority entries the date recorded is the date the entry was created.

    Ex: This gamut of information presents the indexer and user with problems in choosing access points for conference proceedings.
    Ex: The advocates of ISBD originally argued that it was for the sake of the computer.
    Ex: Any attempt to organise knowledge must, in order to justify the effort of organisation, have an objective.
    Ex: It is perhaps fortunate that the array of terms that are used to describe indexes is a little more restricted than the variety of terms used in respect of catalogues.
    Ex: In the interest of clarity an integrated account of the appropriate added entry headings is to be found in 21.29 and 21.30.
    Ex: In the interest of clarity an integrated account of the appropriate added entry headings is to be found in 21.29 and 21.30.
    Ex: A catalogue code is a systematic arrangement of laws and statutes so as to avoid inconsistency and duplication in catalogues.
    Ex: An appreciation of alternative approaches is particularly important in this field where trends towards standardisation are the norm.
    Ex: Most data base producers have in-house guidelines for bibliographic description, and aim to achieve consistency of citation within their products.
    Ex: The first treaty of all was designed to pool the coal and steel resources of Europe in an attempt to overcome the devastation of the Second World War and to foster the concept of European unity.
    Ex: Many libraries have had fine free days or weeks in an effort to entice strayed material back.
    Ex: This article discusses the advantages to libraries of computer technology for purposes of bibliographic control and on-line access.
    Ex: In a bid to leapfrog stages of development, some transitional economies are investing heavily in building up information age infrastructures.
    Ex: The idea of tiered, or multilayered, citation is proposed as a means of testing this hypothesis = Se propone la idea de citar de una forma estratificada o por niveles para comprobar esta hipótesis.
    Ex: The library has contracted out the management of its computerized information system to Dynix in a drive to improve library service.
    Ex: The story of the postwar diner suggests some ways that purveyors of consumer commodities finessed and exploited emergent social dislocations in the drive to expand and diversify markets.
    Ex: Some foods such as vegetable preserves which result from complicated and fragile fermentations must be made at specific times of the year if they are to succeed.
    * ¿para qué sirve... ? = what's the use of... ?.
    * para abrir boca = as a kind of + appetiser.
    * para actuar = for action.
    * para alguna gente = to some people.
    * para algunas personas = to some people.
    * para algunos = to some.
    * para aquel entonces = by then.
    * para atraer al cliente = window dressing.
    * para beneficio de = for the good of.
    * para bien = for the best, for the better.
    * para bien de = in the best interests of, for the good of.
    * para bien de Alguien = in + Posesivo + best interest.
    * para bien o para mal = for better or (for) worse, for good or (for) ill, for good or (for) evil.
    * para bodas = bridal.
    * para chuparse los dedos = scrumptious, yummy [yummier -comp., yummiest -sup.].
    * para cocinar uno mismo = self-catering.
    * para colmo = into the bargain, into the bargain, to cap it all (off), on top of everything else, but to make things worse, but to make matters worse, for good measure, to add insult to injury.
    * para colmo de males = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.
    * para comenzar diremos que = to begin with.
    * para complicar aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.
    * para concluir = in closing, in conclusion, to wrap things up.
    * para confundir aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.
    * para cuando = by the time.
    * para cubrir gastos = on a cost-recovery basis.
    * para cubrirse las espaldas = as a backup.
    * para decir la verdad = to be honest.
    * para detrimento de = to the neglect of.
    * para diario = everyday.
    * para disgusto de = to the disgust of.
    * para divertirse = for kicks.
    * para echar sal en la herida = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.
    * para el año próximo = for the year ahead.
    * para el arrastre = over the hill.
    * para el beneficio de = for the benefit of.
    * para el bien de = for the benefit of.
    * para el caso = for that matter.
    * para el esparcimiento = recreational.
    * para el futuro = for the years to come, for the years ahead, for the future.
    * para el inglés su casa es su castillo = an Englishman's home is his castle.
    * para ello = to that end, to this end, to that effect, therefor.
    * para el ocio = recreational.
    * para el que lo quiera = up for grabs.
    * para embalsamar = embalming.
    * para empeorar las cosas = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.
    * para empezar = for one, initially, to start with, to begin with, for starters, first off.
    * para entonces = by then.
    * para escribir con mayúsculas = in a shifted position.
    * para eso = therefor.
    * para este fin = to this end.
    * para esto = therefor.
    * para evitar su uso indebido por los niños = childproof.
    * para expresar dimensiones = by.
    * para + Fecha = by + Fecha.
    * para finales de = by the end of.
    * para finales de + Expresión Temporal = by the close of + Expresión Temporal.
    * para finalizar = in closing.
    * para fines múltiples = multipurpose [multi-purpose].
    * para futuras consultas = for future reference.
    * para hacer dinero = money-making.
    * para hacer esto = in this.
    * para hacer fundas = sleeving.
    * para hacer juego = to match.
    * para hacer justicia = in fairness to.
    * para hacer las paces = peace offering.
    * para hacerlo + Adjetivo = for + Nombre's sake.
    * para hacer más fácil = for ease of.
    * para impresionar = for effect.
    * para + Infinitivo = for + Gerundio.
    * para jóvenes = youth-serving.
    * para la eternidad = in perpetuity.
    * para la evaluación de hipótesis = hypothesis-testing.
    * para la formación autodidacta = self-instructional.
    * para la gestión de información textual = text-handling.
    * para la posteridad = for posterity.
    * para la web = Web-related.
    * para llamar la atención = for effect.
    * para mantener ocupado = keep-busy.
    * para mantener(se) ocupado = keep-busy.
    * para más información = for further details.
    * para más inri = to cap it all (off), on top of everything else, but to make things worse, but to make matters worse.
    * para mayor información sobre = for details of.
    * para mayor información véase + Nombre = see + Nombre + for further details.
    * para mayor inri = to cap it all (off), on top of everything else, but to make things worse, but to make matters worse.
    * para mí = for myself.
    * para microordenadores = micro-computer based.
    * para nada = in vain, to no avail, without any avail, vainly, of no avail.
    * para no = so as not to.
    * para + Nombre = for + Nombre + purposes.
    * para no ser menos = not to be outdone.
    * para novias = bridal.
    * para + Número = seat + Número.
    * para ordenadores personales = microcomputer-based, PC-based.
    * para orquesta = orchestral.
    * para otra ocasión = for future reference.
    * para para lavarse la cara = washrag.
    * para partirse de risa = side-splitting.
    * para PCs = PC-based.
    * para pelearse hacen falta dos = it takes two to tangle, it takes two to tango, it takes two to make a quarrel.
    * para personas con intereses similares = birds-of-a-feather.
    * para + Posesivo + disgusto = to + Posesivo + chagrin.
    * para + Posesivo + gran sorpresa = much to + Posesivo + surprise.
    * para + Posesivo + propio bien = for + Posesivo + own good.
    * para + Posesivo + sorpresa = to + Posesivo + surprise.
    * para posteriores usos = for subsequent use.
    * para principios de siglo = by the turn of the century.
    * para + Pronombre Personal = in + Posesivo + eyes.
    * para protegerse = protectively.
    * para que = in order that, so that, seeing that.
    * para que así conste = for the record.
    * para que este sea el caso = for this to be the case.
    * para que esto sea así = for this to be the case.
    * para que no falte = for good measure.
    * para que no falte de nada = for good measure.
    * para que no + Subjuntivo = if + Nombre + be not + to + Infinitivo, lest + Frase Verbal.
    * para que no vaya a faltar = for good measure.
    * para que quede constancia = for the record.
    * para que quede más claro = for main effects.
    * para que vayamos pensando = food for thought.
    * para resumir = to sum up, to sum it up, to make a long story short, to recap, to cut a long story short, simply put, simply stated.
    * para ser específico = to be specific.
    * para ser franco = to be blunt, in all honesty.
    * para ser más explícito = to elaborate a little further.
    * para ser sincero = to be blunt, to be honest, in all honesty.
    * para siempre = forever, in perpetuity, for good, eternally, terminally, ever after.
    * para siempre en el futuro = for the indefinite future.
    * para sorpresa de todos = to everyone's surprise.
    * para sorpresa + Posesivo = to + Posesivo + surprise.
    * para su fácil + Nombre = for ease of + Nombre.
    * para su posterior uso = for subsequent use.
    * para su uso posterior = for subsequent use.
    * para terminar = in closing.
    * para toda la empresa = company-wide, enterprise-wide.
    * para toda la industria = industry-wide.
    * para toda la universidad = university-wide.
    * para toda la vida = lifelong [life-long], for life.
    * para todo el mercado = industry-wide.
    * para todos los efectos prácticos = for all practical purposes.
    * para todos por igual = across the board [across-the-board].
    * para todo tipo de tiempo = all-weather.
    * para todo uso = all-purpose.
    * para tomar medidas = for action.
    * para trabajos pesados = heavy-duty.
    * para una única ocasión = one-time.
    * para un futuro mejor = for a better future.
    * para uso comercial = commercially-owned.
    * para uso del profesional = professional-use.
    * para uso industrial = heavy-duty.
    * para uso personal = for personal use.
    * para usos posteriores = for subsequent use.
    * para vergüenza + Pronombre Posesivo = to + Posesivo + shame.
    * sin parar = interminably.

    * * *
    A (expresando destino, finalidad, intención) for
    tengo buenas noticias para ustedes I have some good news for you
    ¿para qué revista escribes? what magazine do you write for?
    lee para ti read to yourself
    fue muy amable para con todos he was very friendly to everyone
    ¿para qué sirve esto? what's this (used) for?
    no sirve para este trabajo he's no good at this kind of work
    ¿para qué lo quieres? what do you want it for?
    ¿para qué tuviste que ir a decírselo? what did you have to go and tell him for?, why did you have to go and tell him?
    champú para bebés baby shampoo
    jarabe para la tos cough mixture
    que para qué (decirte/hablar) ( fam): hacía un frío que para qué (decirte) it was freezing cold ( colloq)
    venían con un hambre que para qué (hablar) or para qué te voy a contar they were starving o so hungry when they got here!
    B para + INF to + INF
    está ahorrando para comprarse un coche she's saving up for a car o to buy a car
    esta agua no es para beber this isn't drinking water
    está listo para pintar it's ready to be painted o for painting
    para serte sincero to tell you the truth
    como para convencerse a sí misma as if to convince herself
    para pasar al curso siguiente (in order) to go on to the next year
    no hay que ser muy inteligente para darse cuenta you don't have to be very intelligent to realize that
    nos cambiamos de sitio para ver mejor we changed places (so as) to see better
    para no + INF so as not to + INF
    entró en puntillas para no despertarla he went in on tiptoe so as not to wake her
    C para QUE + SUBJ:
    lo dice para que yo me preocupe he (only) says it to worry me
    pídeselo — ¿para qué? ¿para que me diga que no? ask him for it — what for? so he can say no?
    para QUE no + SUBJ:
    cierra la puerta para que no nos oigan close the door so (that) they don't hear us
    D
    1
    (enfatizando la culminación de algo): para colmo or para rematarla se apagó la luz to crown o top o cap it all the light went out
    2 (expresando efecto, consecuencia) to
    para su desgracia unfortunately for him
    para mi gran sorpresa to my great surprise, much to my surprise
    no había bastante para todos there wasn't enough for everybody o to go round
    tranquilízate, no es para tanto calm down, it's not that bad
    para + INF:
    apenas tienen para comer they can barely afford to eat
    soy lo bastante viejo (como) para recordarlo I'm old enough to remember it
    bastante tengo yo con mis problemas (como) para estar ocupándome de los suyos I've enough problems of my own without having to deal with his as well
    ¡es (como) para matarlo! ( fam); I'll kill him! ( colloq)
    para QUE + SUBJ:
    basta que yo diga A para que él diga B if I say it's black, he'll say it's white
    basta con que él aparezca para que ella se ponga nerviosa he only has to walk in and she gets flustered
    B
    (en comparaciones, contrastes): hace demasiado calor para estar al sol it's too hot to be in the sun
    son altos para su edad they're tall for their age
    para lo que come, no está nada gordo considering how much he eats, he's not at all fat
    díselo tú — ¡para el caso que me hacen …! you tell them — for all the notice they take of me …
    para + INF:
    para haber sido improvisado fue un discurso excelente for an off-the-cuff speech it was excellent, considering it was completely off the cuff it was an excellent speech
    ¿quién se cree que es para hablarte así? who does she think she is, speaking to you like that o to speak to you like that?
    para QUE + SUBJ:
    son demasiado grandes para que les estés haciendo todo they're too old for you to be doing everything for them
    para que se esté quejando todo el día … if he's going to spend all day complaining …
    ¡tanto preocuparse por ellos para que después hasta te acusen de metomentodo! all that worrying about them and then they go and accuse you of being a meddler!
    C estar para algo/+ INF
    (indicando estado): mira que no estoy para bromas look, I'm in no mood for joking o for jokes
    estas botas están para tirarlas a la basura these boots are only fit for throwing out o for the trash o ( BrE) for the bin
    no está (como) para salir tan de veranillo it's not warm enough to go out in such summery clothes
    D
    (expresando opiniones, puntos de vista): para mí que ya no viene if you ask me, he won't come now
    para el padre, el niño es un Mozart en ciernes in the father's opinion o as far as the father's concerned, the boy is a budding Mozart
    tú eres todo para mí you're everything to me
    ¿para ti qué es lo más importante? what's the most important thing for you?, what do you see as the most important thing?
    esto es de gran interés para el lector this is of great interest to the reader
    A
    (indicando dirección): salieron para el aeropuerto they left for the airport
    empuja para arriba push up o upward(s)
    ¿vas para el centro? are you going to o toward(s) the center?
    se los llevó para la casa de los abuelos she took them over to their grandparents' house
    tráelo para acá/adentro bring it over here/inside
    B
    (en sentido figurado): ya vamos para viejos we're getting old o ( colloq) getting on
    va para los 50 años she's pushing fifty ( colloq), she's going o ( BrE) getting on for fifty ( colloq)
    A
    (señalando un plazo): tiene que estar listo para el día 15 it has to be ready by o for the 15th
    ¿qué deberes tienes para el lunes? what homework do you have for Monday?
    faltan cinco minutos para que termine la clase there are five minutes to go before the end of the class
    me lo prometió para después de Pascua he promised I could have it after Easter, he promised it to me for after Easter
    ¿cuánto te falta para terminar? how much have you got left to do?, how long will it take you to finish it?
    B
    1
    (indicando fecha aproximada): piensan casarse para finales de agosto they plan to marry sometime around the end of August
    para entonces quién sabe si todavía estaremos vivos who knows if we'll still be alive (by) then?
    ¿para cuándo espera? when is the baby due?
    tengo hora para mañana I have an appointment (for) tomorrow
    C
    1
    (expresando duración): para siempre forever
    tengo para rato ( fam); I'm going to be a while (yet), this is going to take me a while (yet)
    esto va para largo ( fam); this is going to take some time
    ¿qué le puedo regalar para el cumpleaños? what can I give him for his birthday?
    D ( liter)
    (en secuencias de acciones): se fue para nunca volver she went away never to return
    fue puesto en libertad, para más tarde volver a ser detenido he was set free only to be rearrested later, he was set free but was rearrested later
    * * *

     

    Del verbo parar: ( conjugate parar)

    para es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente indicativo

    2ª persona singular (tú) imperativo

    Del verbo parir: ( conjugate parir)

    para es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo

    Multiple Entries:
    para    
    parar    
    parir
    para preposición
    1 (destino, finalidad, intención) for;

    ¿para qué sirve esto? what's this (used) for?;
    champú para bebés baby shampoo;
    para eso no voy I might as well not go;
    para + inf: ahorra para comprarse un coche he's saving up to buy a car;
    tomé un taxi para no llegar tarde I took a taxi so I wouldn't be late;
    está listo para pintar it's ready to be painted o for painting;
    para aprobar (in order) to pass;
    entró en puntillas para no despertarla he went in on tiptoe so as not to wake her;
    lo dice para que yo me preocupe he (only) says it to worry me;
    cierra para que no nos oigan close the door so (that) they don't hear us
    2


    no es para tanto it's not that bad;
    soy lo bastante viejo (como) para recordarlo I'm old enough to remember it
    b) (en comparaciones, contrastes):


    son altos para su edad they're tall for their age;
    para lo que come, no está gordo considering how much he eats, he's not fat;
    ¿quién es él para hablarte así? who does he think he is, speaking to you like that ?;
    es mucho para que lo haga sola it's too much for you to do it on your own
    1 ( dirección):

    empuja para arriba push up o upward(s);
    ¿vas para el centro? are you going to o toward(s) the center?
    2 ( tiempo)
    a) (señalando una fecha, un plazo):

    estará listo para el día 15 it'll be ready by o for the 15th;

    deberes para el lunes homework for Monday;
    faltan cinco minutos para que termine there are five minutes to go before the end;
    me lo prometió para después de Pascua he promised me it for after Easter;
    ¿cuánto te falta para terminar? how much have you got left to do?;
    para entonces estaré en Madrid I'll be in Madrid (by) then;
    tengo hora para mañana I have an appointment (for) tomorrow
    b) (AmL exc RPl) ( al decir la hora) to;


    c) ( duración):


    tengo para rato (fam) I'm going to be a while (yet)
    parar ( conjugate parar) verbo intransitivo
    1 ( detenerse) to stop;

    ir/venir a para to end up;
    fue a para a la cárcel he ended up in prison;
    ¿a dónde habrá ido a para aquella foto? what can have happened to that photo?;
    ¡a dónde iremos a para! I don't know what the world's coming to
    2 ( cesar) to stop;

    ha estado lloviendo sin para it hasn't stopped raining;
    no para quieto ni un momento he can't keep still for a minute;
    no para en casa she's never at home;
    para DE + INF to stop -ing;
    paró de llover it stopped raining
    3 (AmL) [obreros/empleados] to go on strike
    verbo transitivo
    1
    a)coche/tráfico/persona to stop;

    motor/máquina to stop, switch off
    b) hemorragia to stanch (AmE), to staunch (BrE)

    c)balón/tiro to save, stop;

    golpe to block, ward off
    2 (AmL)

    b) ( poner vertical) ‹vaso/libroto stand … up;


    pararse verbo pronominal
    1 ( detenerse)

    b) [reloj/máquina] to stop;

    [coche/motor] to stall;

    2


    se paró en una silla she stood on a chair;
    ¿te puedes para de cabeza/de manos? can you do headstands/handstands?
    b) (AmL) [ pelo] ( hacia arriba) to stick up;

    ( en los lados) to stick out

    parir ( conjugate parir) verbo intransitivo [ mujer] to give birth;
    [ vaca] to calve;
    [yegua/burra] to foal;
    [ oveja] to lamb
    verbo transitivo

    b) [ mamíferos] to have, bear (frml)

    para preposición
    1 (utilidad, aptitud) for: ¿para qué tanto esfuerzo?, what's all this effort for?
    una pomada para las quemaduras, an ointment for burns
    una tijera para zurdos, a pair of scissors for left-handed people
    2 (finalidad, motivo) to, in order to: lo dijo para molestarme, she said it to annoy me
    lo hace para que te fijes en él, he does it so that you notice him
    3 (destinatario) for: es para mamá, it's for mum
    hablaba para los votantes indecisos, he spoke to the undecided voters
    es muy atento para con ella, he's very obliging towards her
    4 (opinión) para Paco todas las mujeres son guapas, in Paco's opinion, all women are pretty
    5 (comparación, concesión) for: para ser tan joven tiene ideas muy sensatas, he has very sensible ideas for his age
    6 (rechazo) para una vez que hablo, me haces callar, the one time I speak, you shut me up
    7 (tiempo) by: estará listo para las cinco, it'll be ready by five
    para entonces, by then
    8 (a punto de) está para salir, it's about to leave
    9 (dirección) el tren para Burgos acaba de salir, the train for Burgos has just left
    iba para tu casa, I was going to your house
    Recuerda que cuando para expresa finalidad, se traduce por to o in order to (este último sólo se usa para evitar confusión): Me voy para ayudarte. I'm going in order to help you. Si usáramos sólo to significaría: Voy a ayudarte. Sin embargo, cuando después de para viene un sustantivo o un pronombre y no un verbo (esta llave es para aquella puerta), se traduce por for ( this key is for that door).
    parar
    I verbo intransitivo
    1 to stop: para de saltar, stop jumping
    para un momento en la farmacia, stop a minute at the chemist's
    no pares de hablar, por favor, keep talking, please
    2 (alojarse) to stay
    3 (finalizar, terminar) el cuadro fue a parar al rastro, the painting ended up in the flea market
    II verbo transitivo
    1 to stop
    2 Dep to save
    3 LAm to stand up
    ♦ Locuciones: dónde va a parar, by far: mi hija es muchísmo más inteligente que la suya, dónde va a parar, my daughter is far more intelligent than theirs
    parir verbo transitivo & verbo intransitivo to give birth (to)
    ♦ Locuciones: poner a alguien a parir, to run sb down
    ' para' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - abalorio
    - ablandar
    - abreviar
    - absoluta
    - absoluto
    - acá
    - aceitera
    - achuchar
    - actuación
    - adentro
    - agitador
    - agitadora
    - alcanzar
    - alfiler
    - alguna
    - alguno
    - aliento
    - alquiler
    - alta
    - amenaza
    - añadidura
    - ancha
    - ancho
    - ánimo
    - año
    - antesala
    - antirrobo
    - aplanar
    - aprovechar
    - apta
    - aptitud
    - apto
    - aquí
    - arca
    - arena
    - arrastre
    - arriba
    - arropar
    - atonía
    - atrás
    - atril
    - aunar
    - auspicio
    - baja
    - bajo
    - balde
    - bálsamo
    - bañarse
    - banco
    English:
    AA
    - ability
    - about
    - accessory
    - accommodate
    - achieve
    - activity
    - adapter
    - adaptor
    - adequate
    - adequately
    - admire
    - adult
    - advantage
    - advantageous
    - advertise
    - aftershave (lotion)
    - agitate
    - agree
    - all
    - all-out
    - allocate
    - analyst
    - antiallergenic
    - antibiotic
    - antidote
    - antihistamine
    - antipollution
    - appease
    - application
    - appointment
    - appropriate
    - aptitude
    - argue
    - arm-twisting
    - arms control
    - around-the clock
    - arrangement
    - arson
    - as
    - ASPCA
    - assailant
    - assert
    - assess
    - assume
    - astir
    - astonishment
    - attain
    - attention span
    - attractive
    * * *
    para prep
    1. [indica destino, finalidad, motivación] for;
    es para ti it's for you;
    significa mucho para mí it means a lot to me;
    “¡qué suerte!” dije para mí “how lucky,” I said to myself;
    una mesa para el salón a table for the living-room;
    desayuno para dos breakfast for two;
    crema para zapatos shoe polish;
    pastillas para dormir sleeping pills;
    están entrenados para el combate they have been trained for combat;
    estudia para dentista she's studying to become a dentist;
    esta agua no es buena para beber this water isn't fit for drinking o to drink;
    para conseguir sus propósitos in order to achieve his aims;
    lo he hecho para agradarte I did it to please you;
    me voy para no causar más molestias I'll go so I don't cause you any more inconvenience;
    te lo repetiré para que te enteres I'll repeat it so you understand;
    resulta que se divorcian para un mes más tarde volverse a casar so they get divorced, only to remarry a month later;
    para con towards;
    es buena para con los demás she is kind towards other people;
    ¿para qué? what for?;
    ¿para qué quieres un martillo? what do you want a hammer for?, why do you want a hammer?;
    ¿para qué has venido? why are you here?;
    ¿para quién trabajas? who do you work for?
    2. [indica dirección] towards;
    el próximo vuelo para Caracas the next flight to Caracas;
    ir para casa to head (for) home;
    salir para el aeropuerto to leave for the airport;
    para abajo downwards;
    para arriba upwards;
    tira para arriba pull up o upwards;
    para atrás backwards;
    échate para atrás [en asiento] lean back;
    para delante forwards;
    ya vas para viejo you're getting old;
    esta muchacha va para pintora this girl has all the makings of a painter
    3. [indica tiempo] for;
    tiene que estar acabado para mañana/para antes de Navidad it has to be finished by o for tomorrow/before Christmas;
    faltan cinco minutos para que salga el tren the train leaves in five minutes;
    tienen previsto casarse para el 17 de agosto they plan to get married on 17 August;
    llevamos comida para varios días we have enough food for several days;
    Am salvo RP
    diez para las once ten to eleven;
    Am salvo RP
    un cuarto para las once (a) quarter to eleven;
    va para un año que no nos vemos it's getting on for a year since we saw each other;
    ¿y para cuándo un bebé? and when are you going to start a family?;
    para entonces by then
    4. [indica comparación]
    tiene la estatura adecuada para su edad she is the normal height for her age;
    está muy delgado para lo que come he's very thin considering how much he eats;
    para ser verano hace mucho frío considering it's summer, it's very cold;
    para ser un principiante no lo hace mal he's not bad for a beginner;
    para lo que me ha servido… for all the use it's been to me…;
    ¡tanto esfuerzo para nada! all that effort for nothing!;
    ¿y tú quién eres para tratarla así? who do you think you are, treating her like that?;
    yo no soy quien para decir… it's not for me to say…
    5. (después de adjetivo y antes de infinitivo) [indica inminencia, propósito] to;
    la comida está lista para servir the meal is ready to be served;
    el atleta está preparado para ganar the athlete is ready to win
    6. [indica opinión] for;
    para Marx, la religión era el opio del pueblo for Marx, religion was the opium of the people;
    para mí/ti/ etc as far as I'm/you're/ etc concerned;
    para mí que no van a venir it looks to me like they're not coming;
    ¿para ti quién es más guapo? who do you think is the most handsome?
    7. [indica disposición, estado]
    no estoy para fiestas I'm not in the mood for parties;
    el abuelo no está ya para hacer viajes largos grandfather's no longer up to going on long journeys;
    ¿hace día para ir sin chaqueta? is it warm enough to go out without a jacket on?
    8. [indica consecuencia]
    para su sorpresa, para sorpresa suya to her surprise;
    para alegría de todos to everyone's delight;
    para nuestra desgracia unfortunately for us
    9. Comp
    no es/fue/ etc[m5]. para tanto it's not/it wasn't/ etc such a big deal;
    no llores, que no es para tanto don't cry, it's not such a big deal, there's no need to cry about it;
    dicen que les trataron mal, pero no fue para tanto they say they were ill-treated, but that's going a bit far;
    Fam
    que para qué: hace un calor que para qué it's absolutely boiling;
    este plato pica que para qué this dish is really hot, Br this dish isn't half hot
    * * *
    prp
    1 for;
    para mí for me
    2 dirección toward(s);
    ir para head for;
    va para directora she’s going to end up as manager
    3 tiempo for;
    listo para mañana ready for tomorrow;
    para siempre forever;
    diez para las ocho L.Am. ten of eight, ten to eight;
    para Pascua iremos de vacaciones a Lima we’re going to Lima for Easter;
    espero que para Pascua haya terminado la crisis I hope the crisis is over by Easter;
    ¿para cuándo? when for?
    :
    lo hace para ayudarte he does it (in order) to help you;
    para que so that;
    ¿para qué te marchas? what are you leaving for?;
    para eso no hace falta it’s not necessary just for that
    :
    para su edad es muy maduro he’s very mature for his age
    6
    :
    lo heredó todo para morir a los 30 he inherited it all, only to die at 30
    * * *
    para prep
    1) : for
    para ti: for you
    alta para su edad: tall for her age
    una cita para el lunes: an appointment for Monday
    2) : to, towards
    para la derecha: to the right
    van para el río: they're heading towards the river
    3) : to, in order to
    lo hace para molestarte: he does it to annoy you
    4) : around, by (a time)
    para mañana estarán listos: they'll be ready by tomorrow
    5)
    para adelante : forwards
    6)
    para atrás : backwards
    7)
    para que : so, so that, in order that
    te lo digo para que sepas: I'm telling you so you'll know
    * * *
    para prep
    4. (dirección) for / to
    5. (tiempo) by
    para mí for me / in my opinion

    Spanish-English dictionary > para

  • 3 con la intención de

    = designing, with an eye toward(s), intending to, aimed at, purposefully, intended to, in the drive to, in a drive to
    Ex. In those early days, so the story goes, the library movement was in danger of being captured by an aristocratic intellectual class designing to make the public library an elitist center for scholarly research.
    Ex. This article presents a summary of the less aparent effects of these developments with an eye toward how these have reshaped contemporary conceptions of the physical book.
    Ex. She sauntered back to her desk, intending to work, and was a little perturbed to find that she could not work.
    Ex. In 1966, President Lyndon Johnson initiated the 'Neighborhood Pilot Centres' programme aimed at providing a neighbourhood centre to co-ordinate the programmes of other federal agencies in every urban ghetto.
    Ex. Only then, within the framework of inter-institutional accord, will academic library cooperative activities move forward more rapidly and purposefully.
    Ex. An architectural rendering is a pictorial representation of a building intended to show, before it has been built, how the building will look when completed.
    Ex. The story of the postwar diner suggests some ways that purveyors of consumer commodities finessed and exploited emergent social dislocations in the drive to expand and diversify markets.
    Ex. The library has contracted out the management of its computerized information system to Dynix in a drive to improve library service.
    * * *
    = designing, with an eye toward(s), intending to, aimed at, purposefully, intended to, in the drive to, in a drive to

    Ex: In those early days, so the story goes, the library movement was in danger of being captured by an aristocratic intellectual class designing to make the public library an elitist center for scholarly research.

    Ex: This article presents a summary of the less aparent effects of these developments with an eye toward how these have reshaped contemporary conceptions of the physical book.
    Ex: She sauntered back to her desk, intending to work, and was a little perturbed to find that she could not work.
    Ex: In 1966, President Lyndon Johnson initiated the 'Neighborhood Pilot Centres' programme aimed at providing a neighbourhood centre to co-ordinate the programmes of other federal agencies in every urban ghetto.
    Ex: Only then, within the framework of inter-institutional accord, will academic library cooperative activities move forward more rapidly and purposefully.
    Ex: An architectural rendering is a pictorial representation of a building intended to show, before it has been built, how the building will look when completed.
    Ex: The story of the postwar diner suggests some ways that purveyors of consumer commodities finessed and exploited emergent social dislocations in the drive to expand and diversify markets.
    Ex: The library has contracted out the management of its computerized information system to Dynix in a drive to improve library service.

    Spanish-English dictionary > con la intención de

  • 4 imprimir

    v.
    1 to print (libro, documento).
    María imprimió su huella Mary imprinted her mark.
    María imprimió los volantes Mary printed the fliers.
    2 to impress.
    3 to impart, to transmit.
    * * *
    (pp imprimido,-a o impreso,-a)
    1 (gen) to print
    2 (dejar huella) to stamp
    4 (dar) to give
    \
    imprimir estilo to leave one's mark
    imprimir un ritmo to set the pace
    máquina de imprimir printing machine
    * * *
    verb
    * * *
    (pp (como ADJ) impreso) VT
    1) (Tip) [+ libro, folleto, billetes] to print

    "impreso en Montevideo" — "printed in Montevideo"

    2) (Inform) [+ documento, página] to print out
    3) (=marcar) [+ nombre, número] to print
    4) (=transmitir) [+ estilo] to stamp; [+ ritmo] to set; [+ velocidad] to introduce
    5) (Bio) to imprint (a on)
    * * *
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) (Impr) to print
    b) < huella>
    2) (comunicar, dar) (frml) to give

    experiencias que imprimen caráctercharacter-forming o character-building experiences

    * * *
    = print, print out, run off, impress, pull, come off + the press.
    Ex. Accessions lists contain information about the documents received since the last time the list was printed.
    Ex. Like the stop-list, the go-list can also be displayed or printed out for consideration prior to updating or other modification.
    Ex. Not only are they the same work, they were run off from the same plates.
    Ex. A typical opening of the book shows two pages of text with the unfamiliar long 'f' often heavily impressed into a rough-looking paper.
    Ex. Until the later seventeenth century a special form of piecework payment was common in French and English houses, whereby journeymen contracted with the master to set so many pages or pull so many sheets in a day.
    Ex. The number of copies of an edition which have come off the press at any one time is known as the size of the edition.
    ----
    * empezar a imprimir = go to + press.
    * encargado de la máquina de imprimir = machine-minder.
    * imprimir en letra realzada = print in + double density.
    * joven ayudante del encargado de la máquina de imprimir = machine boy.
    * letra rota o a medio imprimir = broken letter.
    * máquina de imprimir direcciones = addressograph, addressing machine.
    * que se puede imprimir = printable.
    * reimprimir = reprint.
    * volver a imprimir = reprint.
    * * *
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) (Impr) to print
    b) < huella>
    2) (comunicar, dar) (frml) to give

    experiencias que imprimen caráctercharacter-forming o character-building experiences

    * * *
    = print, print out, run off, impress, pull, come off + the press.

    Ex: Accessions lists contain information about the documents received since the last time the list was printed.

    Ex: Like the stop-list, the go-list can also be displayed or printed out for consideration prior to updating or other modification.
    Ex: Not only are they the same work, they were run off from the same plates.
    Ex: A typical opening of the book shows two pages of text with the unfamiliar long 'f' often heavily impressed into a rough-looking paper.
    Ex: Until the later seventeenth century a special form of piecework payment was common in French and English houses, whereby journeymen contracted with the master to set so many pages or pull so many sheets in a day.
    Ex: The number of copies of an edition which have come off the press at any one time is known as the size of the edition.
    * empezar a imprimir = go to + press.
    * encargado de la máquina de imprimir = machine-minder.
    * imprimir en letra realzada = print in + double density.
    * joven ayudante del encargado de la máquina de imprimir = machine boy.
    * letra rota o a medio imprimir = broken letter.
    * máquina de imprimir direcciones = addressograph, addressing machine.
    * que se puede imprimir = printable.
    * reimprimir = reprint.
    * volver a imprimir = reprint.

    * * *
    vt
    A
    1 ( Impr) to print
    impreso en Perú printed in Peru
    2 ‹huella/marca›
    dejó sus huellas impresas en el barro he left his footprints in the mud
    B (comunicar, dar)
    1 ( frml); ‹movimiento› to impart ( frml), to transmit ( frml)
    imprimió excesiva velocidad al vehículo he drove the vehicle at excessive speed
    imprimió un trotecito corto a la yegua he brought the mare to a brisk trot
    imprimió a sus caderas un leve balanceo she swung her hips slightly as she walked
    2 ( frml); ‹orientación› to give
    esas experiencias imprimen carácter those are character-forming o character-building experiences
    le imprimió su estilo propio al personaje he stamped his own style on the character, he stamped the character with his own style
    * * *

     

    imprimir ( conjugate imprimir) verbo transitivo (Impr) to print;

    imprimir verbo transitivo
    1 Impr Inform to print
    2 (dejar una huella) to stamp, impress: imprime su estilo a todo lo que hace, he stamps his mark on everything he does
    3 (comunicar, transmitir) to give: le imprimió mucha velocidad a la pelota, he makes the ball go very fast
    le imprimió un efecto extraño a la pelota, he put spin on the ball

    ' imprimir' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    blanca
    - blanco
    - estampar
    - impreso
    English:
    impress
    - italicize
    - output
    - print
    - print out
    - imprint
    - press
    * * *
    vt
    1. [libro, documento] to print;
    imprimir algo a todo color to print sth in full colour;
    impreso en México printed in Mexico
    2. [huella, paso] to leave, to make;
    imprimió sus pisadas en la alfombra she left footprints on the carpet
    3. [dar] [movimiento]
    imprimir velocidad a algo to speed sth up;
    el atleta mexicano imprimió un ritmo endiablado a la carrera the Mexican athlete set a fiendish pace in the race
    4. [dar] [carácter]
    imprimió a su novela un carácter revolucionario she imbued her work with a revolutionary spirit;
    imprimió a su gobierno un toque progresista he brought a progressive touch to his government;
    imprimieron al acuerdo un carácter conciliador they made the agreement conciliatory in tone;
    sus dibujos imprimen carácter al libro her illustrations lend character to the book;
    su voz imprime un sello propio al grupo his voice gives the group its own distinctive quality
    vi
    to print
    * * *
    <part impreso> v/t tb
    INFOR print; fig
    transmit
    * * *
    imprimir {42} vt
    1) : to print
    2) : to imprint, to stamp, to impress
    * * *
    imprimir vb to print

    Spanish-English dictionary > imprimir

  • 5 GANGA

    * * *
    I)
    (geng; gekk, gengum; genginn), v.
    1) to walk (reið jarl, en Karkr gekk);
    2) to go;
    ganga heim, to go home;
    ganga braut, to go away;
    ganga til hvílu, to go to bed;
    ganga á skip, to go on board;
    ganga af skipi, to go ashore;
    with infin., ganga sofa or at sofa, to go to sleep;
    ganga at eiga konu, to marry a woman;
    3) to go about grazing, to graze (kálfrinn gekk í túni um sumarit);
    4) of a ship, to run, sail (gekk skipit brátt út á haf);
    5) to stretch out, extend, project (nes mikit gekk í sæ út);
    6) of report, tales, to be current (litlar sögur megu ganga af hesti mínum);
    gekk þaðan af í Englandi Valska, thereafter the French tongue prevailed in E.;
    8) of money, to be current (peningar þeir, sem nú ganga);
    of laws, to be valid (þau lög, er gengu á Uppsalaþingi);
    of sickness, plague, famine, to rage (þá gekk landfarsótt, drepsótt, hallæri);
    9) to go on, last (gnustu þá saman vápnin, ok gekk þat um hríð);
    impers., gekk því lengi, so it went on for a long while;
    10) láta ganga e-t, to let go on;
    láta höggin ganga, to rain blows;
    Birkibeinar létu ganga lúðrana, blew the trumpets vigorously;
    ef þat gengr eigi, if that will not do;
    impers., svá þykt, at þeim gekk þar eigi at fara, so close, that they could not go on there;
    þeim gekk ekki fyrir nesit, they could not clear the ness;
    12) to turn out, go in a specified way;
    ganga andæris, to go all wrong;
    gekk þeim lítt atsókinn, they made little progress with the attack;
    impers., e-m gengr vel (illa), one fares (goes on, gets on) well (badly);
    13) with acc., ganga e-n á bak, to force one to go backwards (harm gengr bjöninn á bak);
    14) with dat., to discharge (gekk bann þá blóði);
    15) with preps. and adverbs:
    ganga af e-u, to depart from, leave (þá gekk af honum móðrinn);
    ganga af vitinu, to go out of one’s wits;
    ganga af trú sinni, to apostatize;
    to pass (síðan gengu af páskarnir);
    to go off (gekk þegar af höfuðit);
    to be left as surplus (þat er af skuldinni gekk);
    nú gengr honum hey af, now he has some hay left;
    ganga af sér, to go to extremities, to go beyond oneself (mjök ganga þeir fóstbrœðr nú af sé);
    ganga aptr, to revert (return) to the former proprietor (síðan gengu þau lönd aptr undir Árna);
    to be void, annulled (þá skal kaup aptr ganga);
    of a ghost, to walk again; of a door, to close, shut (gekk eigi aptr hurðin);
    ganga at e-m, to attack one;
    ganga at e-u, to agree to, accept a choice or offer (Flosi gekk fljótt at þessu öllu); to fit (skaltu fá mér lukla þá, sem ganga at kistum yðrum);
    ganga á e-t, to encroach upon (ganga á ríki e-s); to break (ganga á orð sín, eiða, grið, sættir, trygðir); to pierce, penetrate;
    hann var í panzara, er ekki gekk á, that was proof against any weapons;
    ganga á vald e-s or e-m, ganga á hönd (hendr) e-m, to submit to, give oneself up to, surrender to one;
    ganga á bak e-u, to contravene;
    ganga eptir e-u, to go for, go to fetch (göngum heim eptir verðinu); to pursue, claim;
    ganga eptir, to prove true, be fulfilled (þetta gekk allt eptir, sem M. sagði fyrir);
    ganga frá e-u, to part with, lose (sumir munu ganga frá öllu fénu);
    ganga fram, to step forward;
    ganga fram vel, to go forward bravely, in a battle;
    to come to pass, come into execution (skal þess bíða, er þetta gengr fram);
    to increase (fé Hall gerðar gekk fram ok gørðist allmikit);
    to depart this life (H. bóndi gengr fram til frænda sinna);
    ganga fyrir e-n, to present oneself before one (ganga fyrir konung);
    ganga fyrir e-u, to take charge of, manage (var þar mart fólk, en húsbóndi gekk svá fyrir, at ekkert skorti); to yield to, be swayed by (hann gekk þá fyrir fortölum hennar);
    ganga í gegn e-m, to set oneself against one;
    ganga í gegn e-u, to confess, acknowledge;
    maðr gengr í gegn, at á braut kveðst tekit hafa, the man confessed and said that he had taken it away;
    ganga í mál, to undertake a case;
    ganga með e-m (of a woman), to marry;
    ganga með barni, to be with child;
    ganga með burði (of animals), to be with young;
    ganga með e-u, to assist in, plead (ganga með máli, bónorði);
    ganga milli (á m., í m.), to go between, intercede;
    ganga móti (á m., í m.) e-m, to go to meet one;
    ganga móti e-u, to resist, oppose;
    to confess, = ganga í gegn, ganga við e-u;
    ganga nær e-m, to be troublesome to one (þótti hón œrit nær ganga Þórgerði);
    ganga e-m nær, to approach, come near to one (sá hefir á brott komizt, er næst gekk Gunnari um alla hluti);
    ganga saman, to marry;
    of an agreement, bargain, to be brought about;
    saman gekk kaupit með þeim, they came to a bargain;
    ganga sundr (í s.), to go asunder, part;
    ganga til, to go up to a thing (gangit til ok hyggit at); of the wind, to veer (veðrit gekk til útsuðrs);
    en þat gekk mér til þess (that was my reason), at ek ann þér eigi;
    hversu hefir ykkr til gengit, how have you fared?
    Loka gekk lítt til, it fared ill with L.;
    ganga um e-t, to go about a thing;
    ganga um beina, to wait upon guests;
    ganga um sættir, to go between, as peacemaker;
    ganga um e-n, to befall, happen to one (þess, er um margan gengr guma); of the wind, to go round, veer (gekk um veðrit ok styrmdi at þeim); to manage (fékk hón svá um gengit, at);
    g. undir e-t, to take upon oneself, undertake (a duty);
    ganga undir e-n, to subject oneself to;
    ganga upp, to be wasted (of money);
    to get loose, to he torn loose (þeir glímdu svá at upp gengu stokkar allir á húsinu);
    of a storm, gale, to get up, rise (veðr gekk upp);
    of an ice-bound river, áin var gengin upp, swollen with ice;
    ganga við staf, to walk with a stick;
    ganga við e-u or e-t, to avow;
    ganga yfir e-t, to go beyond, disregard (hann vildi eigi ganga yfir þat, er hann vissi réttast);
    ganga yfir e-n, to overcome, to befall, happen to one;
    slíkt sem yfir hefir gengit, all that has happened;
    eitt skal yfir okkr ganga, we shall share one fate;
    16) refl., gangast.
    f.
    1) walking (hann mœddist í göngu);
    vera í göngu, to be on foot, to walk;
    2) course (ganga tungls, vinds).
    * * *
    pret. gekk or gékk, 2nd pers. gékkt, mod. gékst; pl. gengu, geingu, or géngu, and an old poët. gingu; gengengu in Vsp. 12 is a mere misspelling (vide Sæm. Möb. 258); pres. geng, pl. göngum; pret. subj. gengi (geingi); imperat. gakk and gakktú; with the neg. suffix geng-at, gengr-at, gékk-at, gakk-attu, passim; a middle form göngumk firr, go from me, Gm. 1: a contracted form gá occurs now and then in mod. hymns; it is not vernacular but borrowed from Germ. and Dan.: [cp. Ulf. gaggan; A. S. and Hel. gangan; Scot. and North. E. gang, mod. Engl. go; Dan.-Swed. gange or gå; Germ. gehen; Ivar Aasen ganga: Icel., Scots, and Norsemen have preserved the old ng, which in Germ. and Swed.-Dan. only remains in poetry or in a special sense, e. g. in Germ. compds.]
    A. To go:
    I. to walk; reið jarl en Karkr gékk, Fms. i. 210, Rm. 1, 2, 6, 14, 23, 24, 30, Edda 10, Grág. ii. 95, passim; ganga leiðar sinnar, to go one’s way, Fms. x. 290, Krók. 26: adding acc., g. alla leið, Fms. xi. 202, 299; g. berg, to climb a cliff; g. afréttar, to search the fell-pastures (fjallganga), Háv. 39; also g. ( to climb) í fjall, í kletta, Fms. x. 313: Icel. also say, ganga skó og sokka, to wear out shoes and socks; hann gékk tvenna skó; ganga berserks gang, q. v.
    β. absol. to go a-begging, Grág. i. 226, 232, Ísl. ii. 25; ganga vergang, húsgang, id. (göngumaðr).
    II. adding adverbs, infinitives, adjectives, or the like,
    α. an adverb denoting direction; g. út ok inn, Vkv. 4, Lv. 26; g. inn, Fms. i. 16, vi. 33; g. út, to go out, Lat. exire, Nj. 194; g. aptr, to return, Fms. x. 352; g. fram, to step forward, Hm. 1, Eg. 165; g. upp, to go up, ashore; g. ofan, niðr, to go down; g. heiman, 199; g. heim, to go home; gakk hingat, come hither! 488; g. móti, í gegn e-m, to go against, to meet one; g. braut, to go away; g. til e-s, or at e-m, to go to one; g. frá e-m, to leave one; g. með e-m, to go with one; g. hjá, to pass by; g. saman, to go together; g. yfir, to go over; g. gegnum, to go through; g. undir, to go under; g. undan, fyrir, to go before; g. eptir, to go behind; g. um, to rove, stroll about, and so on passim; g. í sæti, to go to one’s seat, take a seat, Eg. 551; g. til hvílu, to go to bed, Nj. 201; g. til matar, to go to dinner, Sturl. iii. 111, Eg. 483; g. til vinnu, verks, to go to one’s work, cp. Hm. 58; g. í kirkju, to go to church, Rb. 82; g. á fjall, to go on the fells, Hrafn. 34; g. á skip, to go on board, Fms. x. 10; g. af skipi, to go ashore.
    β. with infin., in old poems often dropping ‘at;’ ganga sofa, to go to sleep, Fm. 27; g. at sofa, Hm. 19; g. vega, to go to fight, Vsp. 56, Ls. 15; g. at eiga konu, to go to be married, Grág. i. 318.
    γ. with an adj.; g. hræddr, to be afraid; g. úviss, to be in ignorance, etc., Fms. vii. 271, Sks. 250, 688.
    2. in a more special sense; g. til einvígis, bardaga, to go to a duel, battle, Nj. 64; g. á hólm (hólmganga), Eg. 504, 506; g. á eintal, Nj. 103; g. til máls við e-n, to speak to one, Eg. 199, 764; g. í glímu, to go a-wrestling, Ísl. ii. 246; g. á fang, id., Ld. 206; g. í danz, to go a-dancing; g. til skripta, to go to shrift, Hom. 157; g. at brúðkaupi, to go to be married, Fms. vii. 278; g. í skóla, klaustr, to go to school, go into a cloister (as an inmate), (hence skóla-genginn, a school-man, scholar), Bs. passim; g. í þjónustu, to take service, Nj. 268; g. í lið með e-m, to enter one’s party, side with one, 100; g. í lög, to enter a league with one; g. ór lögum, to go out of a league, passim; g. í félag, ór félagi, id.; g. á mala, to take service as a soldier, 121; g. á hönd, g. til handa, to submit to one as a liegeman, surrender, Eg. 19, 33, Ó. H. 184, Fms. vii. 180; g. á vald e-m, to give oneself up, Nj. 267; g. á hendr e-m, to encroach upon, Ver. 56; g. í skuld, to bail, Grág. i. 232, Dipl. ii. 12; g. í trúnað, to warrant, Fms. xi. 356; g. til trygða, Nj. 166, and g. til griða, to accept truce, surrender, Fas. ii. 556; g. í mál, to enter, undertake a case, Nj. 31; g. í ánauð, to go into bondage, Eg. 8; g. til lands, jarðar, ríkis, arfs, to take possession of …, 118, Stj. 380, Grág., Fms. passim; g. til fréttar, to go to an oracle, take auspices, 625. 89; g. til Heljar, a phrase for to die, Fms. x. 414; g. nær, to go nigh, go close to, press hard on, Ld. 146, 322, Fms. xi. 240 (where reflex.); var sá viðr bæði mikill og góðr því at Þorkell gékk nær, Th. kept a close eye on it, Ld. 316.
    B. Joined with prepp. and adverbs in a metaph. sense:—g. af, to depart from, go off; þá gékk af honum móðrinn ok sefaðisk hann, Edda 28; þá er af honum gékk hamremin, Eg. 125, Eb. 136, Stj. 118; g. af sér, to go out of or beyond oneself; mjök g. þeir svari-bræðr nú af sér, Fbr. 32; í móti Búa er hann gengr af sér ( rages) sem mest, Fb. i. 193; þá gékk mest af sér ranglæti manna um álnir, Bs. i. 135: so in the mod. phrases, g. fram af sér, to overstrain oneself; and g. af sér, to fall off, decay: to forsake, g. af trú, to apostatize, Fms. ii. 213; g. af vitinu, to go out of one’s wits, go mad, Post. 656 C. 31; g. af Guðs boðorðum, Stj. passim: to pass. Páskar g. af, Ld. 200: to be left as surplus (afgangr), Rb. 122, Grág. i. 411, K. Þ. K. 92:—g. aptr, to walk again, of a ghost (aptrganga), Ld. 58, Eb. 278, Fs. 131, 141, passim; and absol., g. um híbýli, to hunt, Landn. 107: to go back, be void, of a bargain, Gþl. 491:—g. at e-m, to go at, attack, Nj. 80, 160: to press on, Grág. i. 51, Dipl. ii. 19 (atgangr): g. at e-u, to accept a choice, Nj. 256; g. at máli, to assist, help, 207: to fit, of a key, lykla þá sem g. at kístum yðrum, Finnb. 234, Fbr. 46 new Ed., N. G. L. i. 383: medic. to ail, e-ð gengr at e-m; ok gengr at barni, and if the bairn ails, 340, freq. in mod. usage of ailment, grief, etc.:—g. á e-t, to go against, encroach upon; ganga á ríki e-s, Fms. i. 2; g. upp á, to tread upon, vii. 166; hverr maðr er ólofat gengr á mál þeirra, who trespasses against their measure, Grág. i. 3: to break, g. á orð, eiða, sættir, trygðir, grið, Finnb. 311, Fms. i. 189, Ld. 234; g. á bak e-u, to contravene, Ísl. ii. 382; ganga á, to go on with a thing, Grág. ii. 363; hence the mod. phrase, mikið gengr á, much going on; hvað gengr á, what is going on? það er farið að g. á það (of a task or work or of stores), it is far advanced, not much left:—g. eptir, to go after, pursue, claim (eptirgangr), Nj. 154, Þórð. 67, Fms. vii. 5; g. eptir e-m, to humour one who is cross, in the phrase, g. eptir e-m með grasið í skónum; vertu ekki að g. eptir stráknum; hann vill láta g. eptir ser (of a spoilt boy, cross fellow): to prove true, follow, hón mælti mart, en þó gékk þat sumt eptir, Nj. 194; eptir gékk þat er mér bauð hugr um, Eg. 21, Fms. x. 211:—g. fram, to go on well in a battle, Nj. 102, 235, Háv. 57 (framgangr): to speed, Nj. 150, Fms. xi. 427: to grow, increase (of stock), fé Hallgerðar gékk fram ok varð allmikit, Nj. 22; en er fram gékk mjök kvikfé Skallagríms, Eg. 136, Vígl. 38: to come to pass, skal þess bíða er þetta gengr fram, Nj. 102, Fms. xi. 22: to die, x. 422:—g. frá, to leave (a work) so and so; g. vel frá, to make good work; g. ílla frá, to make bad work; það er ílla frá því gengið, it is badly done:—g. fyrir, to go before, to yield to, to be swayed by a thing; heldr nú við hót, en ekki geng ek fyrir slíku, Fms. i. 305; þó at vér gangim heldr fyrir blíðu en stríðu, ii. 34, Fb. i. 378, Hom. 68; hvárki gékk hann fyrir blíðyrðum né ógnarmálum, Fms. x. 292; hann gékk þá fyrir fortülum hennar, Bs. i. 742: in mod. usage reflex., gangast fyrir íllu, góðu: to give away, tók hann þá at ganga fyrir, Fb. i. 530: Icel. now say, reflex., gangast fyrir, to fall off, from age or the like (vide fyrirgengiligr): to prevent, skal honum þá eigi fyrnska fyrir g., N. G. L. i. 249; þá er hann sekr þrem mörkum nema nauðsyn gangi fyrir, 14; at þeim gangi lögleg forföll fyrir, Gþl. 12:—g. í gegn, to go against, to meet, in mod. usage to deny, and so it seems to be in Gþl. 156; otherwise in old writers it always means the reverse, viz. to avow, confess; maðr gengr í gegn, at á braut kveðsk tekit hafa, the man confessed and said that he had taken it away, Ísl. ii. 331; ef maðr gengr í gegn legorðinu, Grág. i. 340; sá goði er í gegn gékk ( who acknowledged) þingfesti hans, 20; hann iðraðisk úráðs síns, ok gékk í gegn at hann hefði saklausan selt herra sinn, Sks. 584,—this agrees with the parallel phrase, g. við e-t, mod. g. við e-u, to confess, both in old and mod. usage, id.:—g. hjá, to pass by, to waive a thing, Fms. vi. 168:—g. með, to go with one, to wed, marry (only used of a woman, like Lat. nubere), þú hefir þvert tekit at g. með mér, Ld. 262, Sd. 170, Grág. i. 178, Þiðr. 209, Gkv. 2. 27, Fms. xi. 5: medic., g. með barni, to go with child, i. 57; with acc. (barn), Bs. i. 790, and so in mod. usage; a mother says, sama sumarið sem eg gékk með hann (hana) N. N., (meðgöngutími); but dat. in the phrase, vera með barni, to be with child; g. með burði, of animals, Sks. 50, Stj. 70; g. með máli, to assist, plead, Eg. 523, Fms. xi. 105, Eb. 210; g. með e-u, to confess [Dan. medgaae], Stj., but rare and not vernacular:—g. milli, to go between, intercede, esp. as a peacemaker, passim (milli-ganga, meðal-ganga):—g. í móti, to resist, Nj. 90, 159, 171: of the tide, en þar gékk í móti útfalls-straumr, Eg. 600:—g. saman, to go together, marry, Grág. i. 324, Fms. xi. 77: of a bargain, agreement, við þetta gékk saman sættin, Nj. 250; saman gékk kaupit með þeim, 259:—g. sundr, to go asunder, part, and of a bargain, to be broken off, passim:—g. til, to step out, come along; gangit til, ok blótið, 623. 59; gangit til, ok hyggit at, landsmenn, Fms. iv. 282: to offer oneself, to volunteer, Bs. i. 23, 24: the phrase, e-m gengr e-ð til e-s, to purpose, intend; en þat gékk mér til þess ( that was my reason) at ek ann þér eigi, etc., Ísl. ii. 269; sagði, at honum gékk ekki ótrúnaðr til þessa, Fms. x. 39; gékk Flosa þat til, at …, Nj. 178; gengr mér meirr þat til, at ek vilda firra vini mína vandræðum, Fms. ii. 171; mælgi gengr mér til, ‘tis that I have spoken too freely, Orkn. 469, Fms. vi. 373, vii. 258: to fare, hversu hefir ykkr til gengið, how have you fared? Grett. 48 new Ed.; Loka gékk lítt til, it fared ill with L., Fb. i. 276: mod., þat gékk svá til, it so happened, but not freq., as bera við is better, (tilgangr, intention):—g. um e-t, to go about a thing; g. um sættir, to go between, as peacemaker, Fms. v. 156; g. um beina, to attend guests, Nj. 50, passim: to manage, fékk hón svá um gengit, Grett. 197 new Ed.; hversu þér genguð um mitt góðs, 206: to spread over, in the phrase, má þat er um margan gengr; þess er um margan gengr guma, Hm. 93: to veer, go round, of the wind, gékk um veðrit ok styrmdi at þeim, the wind went round and a gale met them, Bs. i. 775:—g. undan, to go before, escape, Ver. 15, Fms. vii. 217, Blas. 49: to be lost, wasted, jafnmikit sem undan gékk af hans vanrækt, Gþl. 338: to absent oneself, eggjuðusk ok báðu engan undan g., Fms. x. 238:—g. undir, to undertake a duty, freq.: to set, of the sun, Rb. 468, Vígl. (in a verse): to go into one’s possession, power, Fms. vii. 207;—g. upp, to be wasted, of money, Fær. 39, Fms. ix. 354: of stones or earth-bound things, to get loose, be torn loose, þeir glímdu svá at upp gengu stokkar allir í húsinu, Landn. 185; flest gékk upp þat sem fyrir þeim varð, Háv. 40, Finnb. 248; ok gékk ór garðinum upp ( was rent loose) garðtorfa frosin, Eb. 190: to rise, yield, when summoned, Sturl. iii. 236: of a storm, gale, to get up, rise, veðr gékk upp at eins, Grett. 94, Bárð. 169; gengr upp stormr hinn sami, Bs. ii. 50: of an ice-bound river, to swell, áin var ákafliga mikil, vóru höfuðísar at báðum-megin, en gengin upp ( swoln with ice) eptir miðju, Ld. 46, Fbr. 20 new Ed., Bjarn. 52; vötnin upp gengin, Fbr. 114; áin var gengin upp ok íll yfirferðar, Grett. 134:—g. við, in the phrase, g. við staf, to go with a staff, rest on it: with dat., g. við e-u, to avow (vide ganga í gegn above):—g. yfir, to spread, prevail, áðr Kristnin gengi yfir, Fms. x. 273; hétu á heiðin goð til þess at þau léti eigi Kristnina g. yfir landit, Bs. i. 23: the phrase, láta eitt g. yfir báða, to let one fate go over both, to stand by one another for weal and woe; hefi ek því heitið honum at eitt skyldi g. yfir okkr bæði, Nj. 193, 201, 204, Gullþ. 8: so in the saying, má þat er yfir margan gengr, a common evil is easier to bear, Fbr. 45 new Ed. (vide um above); muntu nú verða at segja slíkt sem yfir hefir gengið, all that has happened, Fms. xi. 240; þess gengr ekki yfir þá at þeir vili þeim lengr þjóna, they will no longer serve them, come what may, Orkn. 84: to overrun, tyrannize over, þeir vóru ójafnaðar menn ok ganga þar yfir alla menn, Fms. x. 198 (yfirgangr): to transgress, Hom. 109: to overcome, þótti öllum mönnum sem hann mundi yfir allt g., Fms. vii. 326: a naut. term, to dash over, as spray, áfall svá mikit at yfir gékk þegar skipit, Bs. i. 422; hence the metaph. phrase, g. yfir e-n, to be astonished; það gengr yfir mig, it goes above me, I am astonished.
    C. Used singly, of various things:
    1. of cattle, horses, to graze (haga-gangr); segja menn at svín hans gengi á Svínanesi, en sauðir á Hjarðarnesi, Landn. 124, Eg. 711; kálfrinn óx skjótt ok gékk í túni um sumarit, Eb. 320; Freyfaxi gengr í dalnum fram, Hrafn. 6; þar var vanr at g. hafr um túnit, Nj. 62; þar var til grass (görs) at g., Ld. 96, Grág. passim; gangandi gripr, cattle, beasts, Bjarn. 22; ganganda fé, id., Sturl. i. 83, Band. 2, Ísl. ii. 401.
    2. of shoals of fish, to go up, in a river or the like (fiski-ganga, -gengd); vötn er netnæmir fiskar g. í, Grág. i. 149; til landauðnar horfði í Ísafirði áðr fiskr gékk upp á Kvíarmiði, Sturl. ii. 177; fiskr er genginn inn ór álum, Bb. 3. 52.
    3. of the sun, stars, vide B. above, (sólar-gangr hæstr, lengstr, and lægstr skemstr = the longest and shortest day); áðr sól gangi af Þingvelli, Grág. i. 24; því at þar gékk eigi sól af um skamdegi, Landn. 140, Rb. passim:—of a thunder-storm, þar gékk reiði-duna með eldingu, Fb. iii. 174:—of the tide, stream, water, vide B. above, eða gangi at vötn eða skriður, K. Þ. K. 78.
    4. of a ship, gékk þá skipit mikit, Eg. 390, Fms. vi. 249; létu svá g. suðr fyrir landit, Eg. 78; lét svá g. suðr allt þar til er hann sigldi í Englands-haf, Ó. H. 149; réru nótt ok dag sem g. mátti, Eg. 88; gékk skipit brátt út á haf, Ó. H. 136.
    β. to pass; kvað engi skip skyldi g. (go, pass) til Íslands þat sumar, Ld. 18.
    II. metaph. to run out, stretch out, project, of a landscape or the like; gengr haf fyrir vestan ok þar af firðir stórir, Eg. 57; g. höf stór ór útsjánum inn í jörðina; haf (the Mediterranean) gengr af Njörva-sundum (the Straits of Gibraltar), Hkr. i. 5; nes mikit gékk í sæ út, Eg. 129, Nj. 261; í gegnum Danmörk gengr sjór (the Baltic) í Austrveg, A. A. 288; fyrir austan hafs-botn þann (Bothnia) er gengr til móts við Gandvík (the White Sea), Orkn. begin.: frá Bjarmalandi g. lönd til úbygða, A. A. 289; Europa gengr allt til endimarka Hispaniae, Stj. 83; öllum megin gengr at henni haf ok kringir um hana, 85; þessi þinghá gékk upp ( extended) um Skriðudal, Hrafn. 24: of houses, af fjósi gékk forskáli, Dropl. 28.
    2. to spread, branch out; en af því tungurnar eru ólíkar hvár annarri, þær þegar, er ór einni ok hinni sömu hafa gengit eða greinzt, þá þarf ólíka stafi í at hafa, Skálda (Thorodd) 160: of a narrative, gengr þessi saga mest af Sverri konungi, this story goes forth from him, i. e. relates to, tells of him, Fb. ii. 533; litlar sögur megu g. af hesti mínum, Nj. 90; um fram alla menn Norræna þá er sögur g. frá, Fms. i. 81.
    III. to take the lead, prevail; gékk þaðan af í Englandi Valska, thereafter (i. e. after the Conquest) the Welsh tongue prevailed in England, Ísl. ii. 221; ok þar allt sem Dönsk tunga gengi, Fms. xi. 19; meðan Dönsk tunga gengr, x. 179:—of money, to be current, hundrað aura þá er þá gengu í gjöld, Dropl. 16; eigi skulu álnar g. aðrar en þessar, Grág. i. 498; í þenna tíð gékk hér silfr í allar stórskuldir, 500, Fms. viii. 270; eptir því sem gengr ( the course) flestra manna í millum, Gþl. 352:—of laws, to be valid, ok var nær sem sín lög gengi í hverju fylki, Fms. iv. 18; Óðinn setti lög í landi sínu þau er gengit höfðu fyrr með Ásum, Hkr. i. 13; þeirra laga er gengu á Uppsala-þingi, Ó. H. 86; hér hefir Kristindóms-bálk þann er g. skal, N. G. L. i. 339; sá siðr er þá gékk, Fb. i. 71, (vide ganga yfir):—of sickness, plague, famine, to rage, þá gékk landfarsótt, bóla, drepsótt, hallæri, freq.; also impers., gékk því hallæri um allt Ísland, Bs. i. 184; mikit hallæri ok hart gékk yfir fólkið, 486, v. l.; gékk sóttin um haustið fyrir sunnan land; þá gékk mest plágan fyrri, Ann. 1402, 1403.
    IV. to go on, last, in a bad sense, of an evil; tókst síðan bardagi, ok er hann hafði gengit um hríð, Fs. 48: impers., hefir þessu gengit ( it has gone on) marga manns-aldra, Fms. i. 282; gékk því lengi, so it went on a long while, Grett. 79 new Ed.; gékk þessu enn til dags, Nj. 272; ok gékk því um hríð, 201; ok gékk því allan þann dag, Fms. vii. 147; lát því g. í allt sumar, xi. 57; gengr þessu þar til er …, Fb. i. 258.
    V. denoting violence; létu g. bæði grjót ok vápn, Eg. 261; létu þá hvárir-tveggju g. allt þat er til vápna höfðu, Fms. ix. 44; láta höggin g., to let it rain blows, Úlf. 12. 40; háðung, spottyrði, hróp ok brigzl hver lét með öðrum g. á víxl, Pass. 14. 3, (vápna-gangr); Birkibeinar róa þá eptir, ok létu g. lúðrana, and sounded violently the alarum, Fms. ix. 50, (lúðra-gangr); láta dæluna g., to pour out bad language, vide dæla.
    VI. to be able to go on, to go, partly impers.; ef þat gengr eigi, if that will not do, Fms. vi. 284; svá þykt at þeim gékk þar ekki at fara, they stood so close that they could not proceed there, Nj. 247; þá nam þar við, gékk þá eigi lengra, there was a stop; then it could go no farther, Fms. xi. 278; leiddu þeir skipit upp eptir ánni, svá sem gékk, as far as the ship could go, as far as the river was navigable, Eg. 127: esp. as a naut. term, impers., e. g. þeim gékk ekki fyrir nesið, they could not clear the ness; þá gengr eigi lengra, ok fella þeir þá seglið, Bs. i. 423; at vestr gengi um Langanes, 485, v. l.
    VII. with adverbs; g. létt, fljótt, to go smoothly; g. þungt, seint, to go slowly; oss munu öll vápna-viðskipti þungt g. við þá, Nj. 201; þungt g. oss nú málaferlin, 181; gékk þeim lítt atsóknin, Stj. 385; at þeim feðgum hefði þá allir hlutir léttast gengit, Bs. i. 274; seint gengr, Þórir, greizlan, Ó. H. 149; g. betr, verr, to get the better, the worse; gékk Ribbungum betr í fyrstu, Fms. ix. 313; gengu ekki mjök kaupin, the bargain did not go well, Nj. 157, cp. ganga til (B. above):—to turn out, hversu g. mundi orrostan, 273; gékk þá allt eptir því sem Hallr hafði sagt, 256; ef kviðir g. í hag sækjanda, if the verdict goes for the plaintiff, Grág. i. 87; þótti þetta mál hafa gengit at óskum, Dropl. 14; mart gengr verr en varir, a saying, Hm. 39; þykir honum nú at sýnu g. ( it seems to him evident) at hann hafi rétt hugsað, Fms. xi. 437; g. andæris, to go all wrong, Am. 14; g. misgöngum, to go amiss, Grág. i. 435; g. e-m í tauma, to turn false ( crooked); þat mun mér lítt í tauma g. er Rútr segir, Nj. 20; g. ofgangi, to go too high, Fms. vii. 269.
    VIII. of a blow or the like; hafði gengit upp á miðjan fetann, the axe went in up to the middle of the blade, Nj. 209; gékk þegar á hol, 60; gékk í gegnum skjöldinn, 245, Fb. i. 530.
    IX. of law; láta próf g., to make an enquiry; láta vátta g., to take evidence, D. N.
    X. to be gone, be lost; gékk hér með holdit niðr at beini, the flesh was torn off, Fb. i. 530: esp. in pass. part. genginn, dead, gone, eptir genginn guma, Hm. 71; moldar-genginn, buried, Sl. 60; hel-genginn, 68; afli genginn, gone from strength, i. e. powerless, Skv. 3. 13.
    β. gone, past; gengið er nú það görðist fyr, a ditty; mér er gengið heimsins hjól, gone for me is the world’s wheel ( luck), a ditty.
    XI. used as transit. with acc.; hann gengr björninn á bak aptr, he broke the bear’s back in grappling with him, Finnb. 248; ok gengr hana á bak, ok brýtr í sundr í henni hrygginn, Fb. i. 530.
    2. medic. with dat. to discharge; ganga blóði, to discharge blood (Dan. blodgang), Bs. i. 337, 383; Arius varð bráðdauðr ok gékk ór sér öllum iðrum, Ver. 47.
    D. REFLEX.:
    I. singly, gangask, to be altered, to change, be corrupted; gangask í munni, of tradition; var þat löng ævi, ok vant at sögurnar hefði eigi gengisk í munni, Ó. H. pref.; má því eigi þetta mál í munni gengisk hafa, Fb. ii. Sverr. S. pref.; ok mættim vér ráða um nokkut, at málit gengisk, that the case could miscarry, be lost, Glúm. 380:—láta gangask, to let pass. waive; lét Páll þá g. þá hluti er áðr höfðu í millum staðit, Sturl. i. 102; ef þú lætr eigi g. þat er ek kref þik, Fms. xi. 61.
    2. e-m gengsk hugr við e-t, to change one’s mind, i. e. to be moved to compassion, yield; sótti hón þá svá at honum gékksk hugr við, Eb. 264; þá gékksk Þorgerði hugr við harma-tölur hans, Ld. 232; ok mun honum g. hugr við þat, svá at hann mun fyrirgefa þér, Gísl. 98; nú sem hann grét, gékksk Ísak hugr við, Stj. 167; er sendimaðr fann at Birni gékksk hugr við féit, Ó. H. 194; við slíkar fortölur hennar gékksk Einari hugr (E. was swayed) til ágirni, Orkn. 24.
    II. with prepp. (cp. B. above); gangask at, to ‘go at it,’ engage in a fight; nú gangask þeir at fast, Dropl. 24, Ísl. ii. 267; gengusk menn at sveitum, of wrestlers, they wrestled one with another in sections (Dan. flokkevis), Glúm. 354; þeir gengusk at lengi, Finnb. 248:—gangask fyrir, vide B. above:—gangask í gegn, at móti, to stand against, fight against; at vér látim ok eigi þá ráða er mest vilja í gegn gangask (i. e. the extreme on each side), Íb. 12, cp. Fms. ii. 241; at þeir skipaði til um fylkingar sínar, hverjar sveitir móti skyldi g., i. e. to pair the combatants off, ix. 489; þeir risu upp ok gengusk at móti, Stj. 497. 2 Sam. ii. 15:—g. nær, to come to close quarters (Lat. cominus gerere), Nj. 176, Fms. xi. 240:—gangask á, to dash against one another, to split; á gengusk eiðar, the oaths were broken, Vsp. 30: to be squared off against one another, sú var görð þeirra, at á gengusk vígin húskarlanna, Rd. 288; ekki er annars getið en þeir léti þetta á gangask, i. e. they let it drop, Bjarn. 47; gangask fyrir, to fall off, Fms. iii. 255:—gangask við, to grow, gain strength; áðr en við gengisk hans bæn, before his prayer should be fulfilled, x. 258; ef þat er ætlað at trúa þessi skuli við g., Nj. 162; hétu þeir fast á guðin, at þau skyldi eigi láta við garrgask Kristniboð Ólafs konungs, Fms. ii. 32; þetta gékksk við um öll þau fylki, vii. 300; mikit gékksk Haraldr við (H. grew fast) um vöxt ok afl, Fb. i. 566; Eyvindr hafði mikið við gengizk um menntir, E. had much improved himself in good breeding, Hrafn. 24; vildi hann prófa hvárr þeirra meira hafði við gengisk, which of them had gained most strength, Grett. 107: to be in vogue, in a bad sense, ok löngum við gengisk öfund ok rangindi, Fms. i. 221, cp. Pass. 37. 7:—gangask ór stað, to be removed, Fms. xi. 107.
    III. in the phrase, e-m gengsk vel, ílla, it goes well, ill with one, Hom. 168, Am. 53; ílls gengsk þér aldri, nema …, the evil will never leave thee, thou wilt never be happy, unless …, 65.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > GANGA

  • 6 el

    art.
    el coche the car
    la casa the house
    los niños the children
    el agua/hacha/águila the water/ax/eagle
    fui a recoger a los niños I went to pick up the children
    * * *
    el
    1 the
    la Sra. Rodríguez Mrs. Rodríguez
    2 el de the one
    3 el que (persona - sujeto) the one who; (- objeto) the one, the one that, the one whom
    4 (cosa) the one, the one that, the one which
    * * *
    1. pron. 2. art.
    * * *
    el; la; los; las
    ART DEF
    1) [con nombres de referente único o concreto] the

    ¿está fría el agua? — is the water cold?

    ¿ha llegado ya el abogado? — has the lawyer arrived yet?

    el tío ese* that chap

    2) [en algunos casos no se traduce]
    a) [con nombres propios]

    ¿qué manda la señora? — what would madam like?

    ha llamado el Sr. Sendra — Mr. Sendra called

    dáselo a la Luisa* give it to Luisa

    b) [con nombres en sentido genérico]
    c) [con infinitivo]

    el hacerlo fue un error — doing it was a mistake, it was a mistake to do it

    d) [con cifras, proporciones]

    ahora gano el 3% más — I now earn 3% more

    3) [traducido por el posesivo]
    4) [con expresiones temporales]
    5) (=uso distributivo)
    6) [en exclamaciones]

    ¡el frío que hacía! — it was freezing!

    7) [posesivo]

    el de, mi libro y el de usted — my book and yours

    el del sombrero rojothe one with o in the red hat

    es un traje bonito, pero prefiero el de Ana — it's a nice suit, but I prefer Ana's

    y el de todos los demás — and that of everybody else, and everybody else's

    8)

    el que

    a) + indic

    él es el que quiere — it's he who wants to, he's the one who wants to

    los que hacen eso son tontos — anyone who does that is a fool, those who do so are foolish

    b) + subjun whoever

    el que quiera, que lo haga — whoever wants to can do it

    * * *
    (pl los), la (pl las) articulo
    [the masculine article el is also used before feminine nouns which begin with accented a or ha, e.g. el agua pura, el hada madrina]
    1)

    ¿ya vas a la escuela? — do you go to school yet?

    el mío/las tuyas — mine/yours

    el rojo/último — the red/last one

    los nacidos entre... — those born between...

    2)
    a)

    el + de...: la del sombrero the one with the hat; el de Valencia the one from Valencia; el de las nueve the nine o'clock one; el de Juan/de mi hijo — Juan's/my son's

    b)

    el + que...: el que acaba de entrar the one who's just come in; las que yo ví the ones I saw; los que estén cansados; those who are tired, anyone who's tired; la que te guste whichever you like; el que lo haya hecho — whoever has done it

    el mes pasado/que viene — last/next month

    4) ( cada)

    $80 el metro/kilo — $80 a meter/a kilo

    5) (con fracciones, porcentajes, números)

    la mitad/la cuarta parte del dinero — half the money/a quarter of the money

    el 20% de... — 20% of...

    el cuarto pisothe fifth floor (AmE) o (BrE) fourth floor

    6) (refiriéndose a partes del cuerpo, prendas de vestir, artículos personales, etc)
    a) (con apellidos acompañados de título, adjetivos, etc)

    el señor Ortiz/la doctora Vidal — Mr Ortiz/Doctor Vidal

    b) ( en plural)
    * * *
    (pl los), la (pl las) articulo
    [the masculine article el is also used before feminine nouns which begin with accented a or ha, e.g. el agua pura, el hada madrina]
    1)

    ¿ya vas a la escuela? — do you go to school yet?

    el mío/las tuyas — mine/yours

    el rojo/último — the red/last one

    los nacidos entre... — those born between...

    2)
    a)

    el + de...: la del sombrero the one with the hat; el de Valencia the one from Valencia; el de las nueve the nine o'clock one; el de Juan/de mi hijo — Juan's/my son's

    b)

    el + que...: el que acaba de entrar the one who's just come in; las que yo ví the ones I saw; los que estén cansados; those who are tired, anyone who's tired; la que te guste whichever you like; el que lo haya hecho — whoever has done it

    el mes pasado/que viene — last/next month

    4) ( cada)

    $80 el metro/kilo — $80 a meter/a kilo

    5) (con fracciones, porcentajes, números)

    la mitad/la cuarta parte del dinero — half the money/a quarter of the money

    el 20% de... — 20% of...

    el cuarto pisothe fifth floor (AmE) o (BrE) fourth floor

    6) (refiriéndose a partes del cuerpo, prendas de vestir, artículos personales, etc)
    a) (con apellidos acompañados de título, adjetivos, etc)

    el señor Ortiz/la doctora Vidal — Mr Ortiz/Doctor Vidal

    b) ( en plural)
    * * *
    el2
    = the, ye.

    Ex: The first institute, 'The Catalog: Its Nature and Prospects,' was held in New York City on October 9 and 10, 1975.

    Ex: The article 'Ye olde smart card' presents an annotated list of information sources on the credit card industry.
    * a lo extremo = to the extreme.
    * aunque no lo creas = believe it or not.
    * barrio de los ricos = upper town.
    * de los mejores = as good as any.
    * el abuelo de = the granddaddy of.
    * el acabose = the last straw.
    * el alcance = comprehensiveness.
    * el amor de + Posesivo + vida = the love of + Posesivo + life.
    * el año próximo = the year ahead.
    * el arte de = the art of, the fine art of.
    * el ataque es la mejor defensa = attack is the best form of defence.
    * el auténtico = the real McCoy.
    * el beneficio de la duda = the benefit of the doubt.
    * el bien de = the good of.
    * el buenazo de + Nombre = good old + Nombre.
    * el bueno de + Nombre = good old + Nombre.
    * el camino a seguir = the way ahead, the way to go.
    * el camino correcto = the way ahead, the way to go.
    * el camino hacia + Nombre + está lleno de + Nombre = the road (to/towards) + Nombre + is paved with + Nombre.
    * el camino hacia + Nombre + está plagado de + Nombre = the road (to/towards) + Nombre + is paved with + Nombre.
    * el camino por recorrer = the way ahead.
    * el camino que lleva a = a/the doorway to.
    * el camino recorrido = the road travelled so far.
    * el camino se hace andando = actions speak louder than words.
    * el centro de atención + ser = all eyes + be + on.
    * el charco = the big pond.
    * el ciudadano de a pie = the average Joe.
    * el ciudadano medio = the average Joe.
    * el cliente siempre tiene la razón = the customer is always right.
    * el colmo = the last straw.
    * el consejo de otra persona = a second opinion.
    * el copón = the dog's bollocks, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers.
    * el corazón de = the heart of.
    * el crecimiento de = the rising tide of.
    * el cual = which.
    * el de = that in, that of.
    * el diablo está en los detalles = the devil (is/lives) in the details.
    * el día del Juicio Final = the Day of Judgement.
    * El Diluvio = the Flood.
    * el dinero es el origen de todos los males = money is the root of all evil.
    * el dinero es la fuente de todos los males = money is the root of all evil.
    * el dinero mueve al mundo = money makes the world go (a)round.
    * el dinero no crece en los árboles = money doesn't grow on trees.
    * el doble = twice + as many.
    * el doble de = twice + the number of.
    * El Dorado = El Dorado.
    * el enemigo en casa = the enemy within.
    * el entonces + Nombre = the then + Nombre.
    * el espíritu de la época = the spirit of the times.
    * el estado de las cosas = the lay of the land [the lie of the land, -UK].
    * el evitar = avoidance.
    * el éxito genera éxito = success breeds success (SBS).
    * el éxito llama al éxito = success breeds success (SBS).
    * el final de = the close of.
    * el final de los problemas = the light at the end of the tunnel.
    * el fin del mundo = the ends of the earth.
    * el fin de semana = over the weekend, at the weekend.
    * el fin de todos los fines = the end of all ends.
    * el fin justifica los medios = the end justifies the means.
    * el fruto de + Nombre = the fruit of + Nombre.
    * el futuro = the way ahead, the way of the future.
    * el futuro + estar + justo a la vuelta de la esquina = the future + be + just around the corner.
    * el Gato con Botas = Puss in Boots.
    * el grado de = the extent of.
    * el grado de + Nombre = the breadth and depth of + Nombre.
    * el grado en que = the extent to which.
    * el gran hermano = big brother.
    * el guapo de + Nombre = good old + Nombre.
    * el hecho es que = fact is, the fact is (that).
    * el hecho es que... = the fact of the matter is that....
    * el hombre de la calle = the average Joe.
    * el hombre no es una isla = no man is an island.
    * el hombre propone y Dios dispone = Man proposes, God disposes.
    * el impulsor de = the power behind.
    * el interés público = the public interest.
    * El Juicio Final = The Last Judgement.
    * el lastre de = the shackles of.
    * el llevar = carrying.
    * el lugar que le corresponde a = the due place of.
    * El Mago de Oz = The Wizard of Oz, The Wizard of Oz.
    * el más = all-time.
    * el más + Adjetivo = the most + Adjetivo.
    * el más allá = hereafter.
    * el más bajo = rock-bottom.
    * el más favorito del mes = pick of the month.
    * el más leído = the most widely read.
    * el más recomendado = best of breed, the.
    * el Mediterráneo = Mediterranean Sea, the, the Med.
    * el mejor = best of breed, the.
    * el mejor de todos = the cream of the crop, crème de la crème.
    * el mejor hasta ahora = the best yet.
    * el mejor modo de = the best way of.
    * el mejor momento de todos = the time of all times.
    * el mejor + Nombre = the best available + Nombre.
    * el mejor que ha hecho hasta ahora = Posesivo + best yet.
    * el mentir = lying.
    * el mes pasado = last month.
    * el mío = mine.
    * el mismo + Nombre (+ que) = every bit as much + Nombre (+ as).
    * el mismo número = as many.
    * el modo como = the way in which.
    * el modo de = the way in which.
    * el modo de + Infinitivo = the way to go about + Gerundio.
    * el momento preciso = the point in time at which.
    * el motor de = the power behind.
    * el movimiento se demuestra andando = actions speak louder than words.
    * el muerto al hoyo y el vivo al bollo = dead men have no friends.
    * el mundo de las noticias = newsmaking.
    * el mundo en la palma de la mano = the world in the palm of + Posesivo + hand.
    * el mundo está a sus pies = the world is + Posesivo + oyster.
    * el mundo es un pañuelo = it's a small world.
    * el + Nombre + correcto al + Nombre + adecuado en el momento oportuno = the right + Nombre + to the right + Nombre + at the right time.
    * el + Nombre + es inestimable = the + Nombre + cannot be overestimated.
    * el + Nombre + más completo = the + Nombre + to end all + Nombre.
    * el no va más = the be all and end all, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.
    * el nuevo aspecto de = the changing face of, the changing nature of.
    * el orgullo de = showpiece.
    * el otro lado de la barrera = the other side of the fence.
    * el padre de = the father of.
    * el pan nuestro de cada día = all in a day's work.
    * el paso del tiempo = the passage of time, the sands of time.
    * el peor de todos = the worst of the lot.
    * el perro es el mejor amigo del hombre = a dog is man's best friend.
    * el peso de = brunt of, the.
    * el populacho = the great unwashed.
    * el porqué de = the reason behind, the thinking behind, the reasoning behind, the idea behind.
    * el portavoz de = the voice of.
    * el presente = thisness.
    * el primer intento = the first time around.
    * el primer + Nombre = the earliest + Nombre.
    * el primero mencionado = former.
    * el principal = the number one.
    * el principio de = the dawn of.
    * el principio del fin = the beginning of the end.
    * el principio de + Mes/Estación = early + Mes/Estación.
    * el problema no es el qué, sino el cómo = the devil (is/lives) in the details.
    * el problema obvio = the elephant in the room.
    * el proletariado = the great unwashed.
    * el pulmón de = the heart of.
    * el punto más bajo = rock-bottom.
    * el que = that, the one.
    * el que aprende = learner.
    * el que las hace, las paga = you've made your bed, now you must lie in it!.
    * el que lo encuentre se lo queda = finders keepers.
    * el que mantiene a la familia = breadwinner [bread winner].
    * el que mucho abarca poco aprieta = jack of all trades, master of none.
    * el que no llora, no mama = the squeaky (squeaking) wheel gets the grease (the oil/oiled).
    * el que no se aventura no cruza el mar = nothing ventured, nothing gained.
    * el que pregunta = inquirer [enquirer, -UK].
    * el quid de la cuestión = the crux of the problem, the crux of the matter.
    * el registro de los registros = record-of-record.
    * el registro modelo = record-of-record.
    * el resto = rest, the.
    * el resto (de) = the remainder (of), the rest (of).
    * El Salvador = El Salvador.
    * el segundo mencionado = latter.
    * el sendero que lleva a = a/the doorway to.
    * el ser barato = cheapness.
    * el siguiente no, el otro = next but one.
    * el sitio adecuado en el momento adecuado = the right place at the right time.
    * el sueño de toda persona = the stuff dreams are made of.
    * el sueño de todos = the stuff dreams are made of.
    * el sueño de todo ser viviente = the stuff dreams are made of.
    * el súmmum = the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.
    * el tamaño de = the extent of.
    * el tema de la discusión = the focus of the discussion.
    * el tema del debate = the focus of the discussion.
    * el tiempo de Algo = in season.
    * el tiempo es oro = time is money.
    * el tiempo lo dirá = only time will tell.
    * el tiempo vuela = time flies (by).
    * el tipo de = the range of.
    * el todo es más grande que la suma de sus partes = the whole is greater than the sum of its parts.
    * el total de = the total sum of, the sum total of.
    * el transcurrir del tiempo = the sands of time.
    * el transcurso del tiempo = as time goes by.
    * el último citado = latter.
    * el último grito = the last word, the cat's meow, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.
    * el último + Nombre = the latest + Nombre.
    * el último pero no el menos importante = the last but by no means least.
    * el único = the one and only.
    * el único e incomparable = the one and only.
    * el único e inimitable = the one and only.
    * el único problema = a fly in the soup, the fly in the ointment.
    * el verdadero = the real McCoy.
    * el verdadero problema = the elephant in the room.
    * el ver televisión = television viewing.
    * el viejo = the elder.
    * el vulgo = the great unwashed.
    * el yugo de = the shackles of.
    * espicharlas = kick + the bucket.
    * la = the, ye.
    * la alternativa + ser = the alternative + be.
    * la belleza es superficial = beauty is only skin deep.
    * La Biblioteca Responde = Ask the Library.
    * la Biblioteca y el Archivo de Canadá = Library and Archives Canada.
    * la buena noticia = the good news.
    * la calidad es nuestro lema = quality is our middle name.
    * la calma que precede a la tormenta = the lull before the storm.
    * la cambiante fisonomía de = the changing face of, the changing nature of.
    * la caridad empieza por uno mismo = charity begins at home.
    * la ciudadana de a pie = the average Jane.
    * la ciudadana media = the average Jane.
    * la ciudad que nunca duerme = the city that never sleeps.
    * la clave de = at the heart of.
    * la clave está en la letra pequeña = the devil (is/lives) in the details.
    * la comunidad en general = the community at large.
    * la Convención de la Haya de 1954 = the 1954 Hague Convention.
    * la copa del árbol = the top of the tree.
    * la cosa es que = the thing is.
    * la cosa principal = the number one thing.
    * la crème de la crème = the cream of the crop, crème de la crème.
    * la cruz de = the bane of.
    * la cuestión es que = the thing is.
    * la década de los + Número = the + Número + s.
    * la demanda de = a call for.
    * la diversidad de = the range of.
    * la diversidad de + Nombre = the many + Nombre.
    * la edad se lleva en el alma = you are as old as you feel.
    * la época de Algo = in season.
    * la escoria de la sociedad = the gutter.
    * la espalda de = the back of.
    * la evidencia = the writing on the wall.
    * la fe mueve montañas = faith will move mountains.
    * la filosofía de = the reason behind, the reasoning behind.
    * la flor de + Nombre = the prime of + Nombre.
    * la flor y nata = the cream of the crop, crème de la crème.
    * la forma correcta de hacer las cosas = the way to go.
    * la forma de = ways and means (of/for/to/in/by).
    * la forma de + Infinitivo = the way to go about + Gerundio.
    * la forma de ver las cosas = the way + to see things.
    * la fuerza de la mayoría = strength in numbers.
    * la gente decía que = rumour had it that.
    * la gente dice que = rumour has it that.
    * la gente se está inquietando = the natives are nervous.
    * la gente se está poniendo nerviosa = the natives are nervous.
    * la gente se puso de pie para aplaudir = standing ovation.
    * la gota que colmó el vaso = the straw that broke the camel's back.
    * la Gran Manzana = the Big Apple.
    * la gran mayoría de = the vast majority of, the bulk of.
    * la historia + repetirse = history + come full circle.
    * la historia + volverse a repetir = history + come full circle.
    * la hostia = the cat's pyjamas, the cat's pyjamas, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.
    * la hoz y el martillo = the hammer and sickle.
    * la idea que hay detrás de = the idea behind.
    * la imaginación no tiene límites = your imagination is the limit.
    * la imitación es la mejor forma de que lo halaguen a uno = imitation is the sincerest form of flattery.
    * La Isla del Tesoro = Treasure Island.
    * la joya de = showpiece.
    * la judicatura = the Bench.
    * la justicia = the Bench.
    * la juventud no es cuestión de edad sino de espíritu = you are as old as you feel.
    * la leche = the dog's bollocks, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers.
    * la luz al final del túnel = the light at the end of the tunnel.
    * la magistratura = the Bench.
    * la manera de + Infinitivo = the way to go about + Gerundio.
    * la mano que mece la cuna es la mano que domina el mundo = the hand that rocks the cradle rules the world.
    * la mano que mece la cuna gobierna el mundo = the hand that rocks the cradle rules the world.
    * la mar de = a whole slew of.
    * la mayoría con mucho de = the vast majority of.
    * la mayoría de = the majority of, most + Nombre, the main bulk of.
    * la mayoría de la gente = most people, the majority of the people.
    * la mayoría de las personas = most people, the majority of the people.
    * la mayoría de las veces = most of the time, more often than not.
    * la mayoría del mundo = the majority of the world, most people, the majority of the people.
    * la mayoría del tiempo = most of the time.
    * la mayor parte de = the majority of, the main bulk of, the lion's share of.
    * la mayor parte de las veces = more often than not.
    * la medida en que = the extent to which.
    * la mejor forma de hacer Algo = best practices, lessons learned [lessons learnt].
    * la mejor manera = how best.
    * la mejor manera de = the best way of.
    * la mejor oferta = the best deal.
    * la mejor opción = the best bet.
    * la mejor salida = the best way forward.
    * la mejor solución = the best way forward.
    * la menor duda de que = no doubt whatsoever.
    * la mentira = lying.
    * la mirada en = eye(s) on.
    * la misma persona = one and the same person.
    * la mitad (1/2) = one-half (1/2).
    * la necesidad agudiza el ingenio = necessity mothers invention.
    * la ocasión la pintan calva = make + hay while the sun shines.
    * la opinión de otra persona = a second opinion.
    * la oportunidad de + Posesivo + vida = the opportunity of a lifetime.
    * la parte de atrás de = the back of.
    * la parte más dura de = brunt of, the.
    * la parte más importante = the heart of.
    * la parte principal de = the bulk of.
    * la parte superior izquierda de = the upper left of.
    * la parte trasera de = the back of.
    * la personificación de la confianza en uno mismo = confidence personified.
    * la pesadilla de = the bane of.
    * la pesca del día = the day's catch, the catch of the day.
    * la petición de = a call for.
    * la píldora = the pill.
    * la plebe = the great unwashed.
    * la polla = the dog's bollocks, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers.
    * la práctica hace al maestro = practice makes perfect.
    * la primera tentativa = the first time around.
    * la primera vez = the first time around.
    * la proporción mayor de = the lion's share of.
    * la próxima moda = the next hot thing.
    * la puntilla = the final/last nail in + Posesivo + coffin.
    * la que = that, the one.
    * la razón de ser = the reason for being.
    * la realidad es que = the fact remains that..., fact is, the fact is (that).
    * la rehostia = the dog's bollocks, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers.
    * la responsabilidad ahora recae en + Nombre = the ball is in + Posesivo + court.
    * la responsabilidad es de... = the buck + stops....
    * la riqueza de = the wealth of.
    * la ruina de = the bane of.
    * las = the, ye.
    * las 24 horas = round the clock, around the clock.
    * las apariencias engañan = don't judge a book by its cover, there's more to it than meets the eye.
    * las ataduras de = the shackles of.
    * las autoridades = the powers-that-be.
    * las cosas + cambiar = pendulum + swing.
    * las cosas + estar + claras = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.
    * las cosas no pasan así como así = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).
    * las cosas no pasan (así) porque sí = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).
    * las cosas no son tan simples como parecen = there's more to it than meets the eye.
    * las cosas + seguir + igual = business + revolve + as usual.
    * las cosas siguen igual = business as usual.
    * las cosas sólo pasan una vez = lightning never strikes twice.
    * las cosas son más complicadas de lo que parecen = there's more to it than meets the eye.
    * las cosas tal y como son = the birds and the bees.
    * las cosas + volver + a su punto de partida = the wheel + turn + full circle.
    * las de = those for.
    * las doce del mediodía = noon.
    * la segunda mitad de + Fecha = the latter part of + Fecha.
    * la segunda opción = the next best choice.
    * la segunda vez = the second time around.
    * la semana pasada = last week.
    * la senda que lleva a = a/the doorway to.
    * la situación = the course of events.
    * la sociedad en general = society at large.
    * las posibilidades son infinitas = the possibilities are endless.
    * las profundidades del mar = the deep.
    * las profundidades del océano = the deep.
    * las pruebas = the writing on the wall.
    * las raíces se encuentran = roots + lie.
    * las raíces se remontan a = roots + lie.
    * las razones de = the reason behind, the thinking behind, the reasoning behind, the idea behind.
    * las Reglas de Cutter para un Catálogo Diccionario = Cutter's Rules for a Dictionary Catalog.
    * las triquiñuelas de la letra pequeña = the devil (is/lives) in the details.
    * la suerte + cambiar = the tide + turn.
    * la suerte estaba echada = the die was cast, the die had been cast.
    * la suerte está echada = the die is cast.
    * la suma total de = the total sum of, the sum total of.
    * las uvas están verdes = sour grapes.
    * las veinticuatro horas = day and night, day or night, night and day.
    * la temporada de Algo = in season.
    * la tierra de la abundancia = the land of plenty.
    * la tierra de las oportunidades = the land of opportunity.
    * la tira de = a whole slew of.
    * la tira de tiempo = donkey's years.
    * la triste realidad es que = the sad fact is (that).
    * la última palabra = the last word, the last word, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.
    * la última vez = last time.
    * la última vez que = the last time.
    * la única pega = the fly in the ointment, a fly in the soup.
    * la unión hace la fuerza = strength in numbers.
    * la ventaja de = the beauty of.
    * la ventaja es que = on the positive side, the advantage is that, on the bright side.
    * la verdad = the lowdown (on).
    * la verdad es que = if the truth be known, if the truth be told, the fact is (that), fact is.
    * la verdad es que... = the fact of the matter is that....
    * la verdad sea dicha = to tell the truth.
    * la verdad sea dicha que = if the truth be told.
    * la Vía Láctea = the Milky Way.
    * la vida continúa = the show must go on.
    * la vida + continuar = life + go on.
    * la vida es así = life's like that.
    * ¡la vida no es un camino de rosas! = the course of true love never did run smooth!.
    * la vida + seguir = life + go on.
    * la víspera de = on the eve of.
    * la voz de = the voice of.
    * la voz de la conciencia = the voice within.
    * la voz de la experiencia = the voice of experience.
    * la voz de la razón = the voice of reason.
    * la voz del odio = the voice of hate.
    * la voz interior = the voice within.
    * lo absurdo = ridiculousness.
    * lo adecuado = adequacy.
    * lo + Adjetivo + que sea/esté = how + Adjetivo.
    * lo anodino = blandness.
    * lo anteriormente expuesto = the preceding.
    * lo apropiado = appropriateness.
    * lo barato = inexpensiveness.
    * lo básico = essential, the, nuts and bolts, bare minimum, bare necessities, the, the lowdown (on).
    * lo bastante elevado = high enough.
    * lo bastante extenso = adequately scoped.
    * lo bueno de = the beauty of.
    * lo bueno es que = the good news is (that)..., on the positive side, on the bright side.
    * lo bueno viene en frascos pequeños = small is beautiful.
    * lo bueno y lo malo = the rights and wrongs.
    * lo caro = expensiveness.
    * lo chicano = Chicana.
    * lo chulo = coolness.
    * lo cierto es que = fact is, the fact is (that).
    * lo completo = completeness.
    * lo completo que Algo está = fullness.
    * lo creas o no = believe it or not.
    * lo decisivo = the last word.
    * lo definitivo = the last word.
    * lo desagradable = unpleasantness.
    * ¿lo dices en broma? = you must be joking!, you must be kidding!.
    * lo directo = directness.
    * lo divertido = the fun part.
    * lo engorroso de = cumbersomeness.
    * lo esencial = essential, the, nuts and bolts, bare minimum, bare necessities, the, the lowdown (on).
    * lo estrafalario = zaniness.
    * lo estrambótico = zaniness.
    * lo extenso = comprehensiveness.
    * lo favorable = propitiousness.
    * lo hebraico = Hebraica.
    * lo hecho hecho está = no use crying over spilt/spilled milk.
    * lo importante es lo que eres no cómo te llamas = a rose by any other name.
    * lo imprescindible = bare necessities, the, bare minimum.
    * lo incómodo de = cumbersomeness.
    * lo indefinido = indefiniteness.
    * lo indirecto = indirectness.
    * lo indispensable = bare necessities, the, bare minimum.
    * lo insulso = blandness.
    * lo interesante = the fun part.
    * lo judío = Judaica.
    * lo lindo = cuteness.
    * lo llano = flatness.
    * lo más cercano a = the nearest thing to.
    * lo más conveniente es que = optimally.
    * lo más destacado = highlights.
    * lo más detestado = pet hate.
    * lo más importante = most of all, at its core.
    * lo más interesante = highlights.
    * lo más mínimo = so much as.
    * lo más novedoso = the last word.
    * lo más odiado = pet hate.
    * lo más parecido a = the nearest thing to.
    * lo más probable es que = most probably.
    * lo más recio de = brunt of, the.
    * lo más recóndito = nooks and crannies.
    * lo máximo = the be all and end all, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.
    * lo mejor = the top of the tree.
    * lo mejor de = the beauty of, showpiece.
    * lo mejor de ambas partes = the best of both worlds.
    * lo mejor de lo mejor = the best of the best.
    * lo mejor de todo = best of all.
    * lo mejor entre lo mejor = the best of the best.
    * lo mejor es que... = the good news is (that)....
    * lo mejor está aún por llegar = the best is yet to come.
    * lo mejor posible = to the best of + Posesivo + ability, at + Posesivo + (very) best, optimally.
    * lo mejor que pueda = to the best of + Posesivo + ability.
    * lo mejor que se puede hacer = the best bet.
    * lo mejor + ser = the beautiful part + be.
    * lo menos posible = as little as possible.
    * lo mínimo = bare minimum, bare necessities, the.
    * lo mismo ocurre con = the same goes for.
    * lo mismo ocurre en el caso de = the same is true (for/of/with).
    * lo mismo que = the same as, along the lines of, in much the same way as.
    * lo mismo que antes = the same as before.
    * lo mismo que para = the same as that for.
    * lo mismo se aplica a = the same is true (for/of/with).
    * lo molesto de = cumbersomeness.
    * lo mucho que = how extensively.
    * lo noble = high-mindedness.
    * lo no convencional = unconventional, the.
    * lo normal + ser + que = there + be + a tendency (to/for), there + be + a tendency (to/for).
    * lo oportuno = timeliness.
    * lo pasado pasado está = let bygones be bygones.
    * lo peor de = brunt of, the.
    * lo peor del = the armpit of the.
    * lo pintoresco = quaintness.
    * lo plano = flatness.
    * lo poco común = rarity, rareness.
    * lo poco convencional = unconventional, the.
    * lo primero = for one, first off.
    * lo primero de todo = first of all, first off.
    * lo prometido es deuda = a promise is a promise.
    * lo propicio = propitiousness.
    * lo público = publicness.
    * lo que = that which, what.
    * lo que aguarda a = what is on store for.
    * lo que Algo o Alguien se merece, lo que le corresponde, bastante = fair share, fair share.
    * lo que a uno cura a otro mata = one man's meat is another man's poison.
    * lo que demuestra que = which (just) goes to show that.
    * lo que el futuro depara a = what is on store for.
    * lo que es aun más inquietante = more disturbingly.
    * lo que es aun más preocupante = more disturbingly.
    * lo que es aun mejor = better still.
    * lo que es aun peor = worse still.
    * lo que es bueno para uno es bueno para otro = what's sauce for the goose is sauce for the gander.
    * lo que es bueno para uno también es bueno para otro = what's good for the goose is good for the gander.
    * lo que es más = what is more, what's more.
    * lo que es más importante = most importantly, more importantly, most of all, most important.
    * lo que es mejor aun = better still.
    * lo que es muy importante = importantly.
    * lo que es peor = what's worse.
    * lo que es peor aun = worse still.
    * lo que espera a = what is on store for.
    * lo que está bien y lo que está mal = rights and wrongs.
    * lo que existe (en el mercado) = what's out there.
    * lo que haya que de ser, será = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.
    * lo que hay (en el mercado) = what's out there.
    * lo que hay que hacer = do + the right thing, the way to go.
    * lo que hay que hacer y lo que hay que evitar = do's and don'ts, rights and wrongs.
    * lo que le corresponde = fair share.
    * lo que nos espera = things to come.
    * lo que quiera que = whatever.
    * lo que sea = something or other.
    * lo que se gana por un lado se pierde por otro = swings and roundabouts.
    * lo que se pierda en una cosa se gana en la otra = what you lose on the swings you gain on the roundabouts.
    * lo que + ser = what + be like.
    * lo que se suele pagar = going rate, the.
    * lo que tenga que pasar, que pase = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.
    * lo que tenga que ser, será = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.
    * lo que vale para tí también vale para mí = what's good for the goose is good for the gander, what's sauce for the goose is sauce for the gander.
    * lo rural = rurality.
    * los = the, ye.
    * los 365 días del año = year-round.
    * los 40 principales = Top 40 singles chart.
    * los abajo firmantes = the parties hereto.
    * los acontecimientos = the course of events.
    * lo sagrado = sacredness.
    * los albores de = the dawn of.
    * los años cincuenta = fifties.
    * los años treinta = thirties.
    * los árboles no dejan ver el bosque = lose + sight of the forest for the trees.
    * los avatares de la guerra = the tides of war.
    * los buenos tiempos = the good old days.
    * los comienzos de = the dawn of.
    * los constantes cambios de = the changing face of, the changing nature of.
    * los de = those for, those in.
    * los demás = rest, the, everybody else.
    * los detalles de la letra pequeña = the devil (is/lives) in the details.
    * los días antes de = leading up to.
    * los dos = both, both of them, both of which.
    * los efectos negativos se están dejando sentir ahora = chickens come home to roost.
    * los gobernantes = the powers-that-be.
    * los hay para dar y regalar = there's one born every minute.
    * los mandamás = the powers-that-be.
    * los más necesitados = those most in need.
    * los más pobres + Nombre = the poorest + Nombre.
    * los menos locuaces = inarticulate, the.
    * los motivos de = the reason behind, the thinking behind, the reasoning behind, the idea behind.
    * los necesitados = the needy.
    * los orígenes de = the dawn of.
    * los otros con los que aparece(n) = neighbours [neighbors, -USA].
    * los peores + Nombre = the poorest + Nombre.
    * los poderes fáticos = the powers-that-be.
    * los pormenores de la letra pequeña = the devil (is/lives) in the details.
    * Los Principios de París = Paris Principles.
    * los que = those who.
    * los que detentan el poder = the powers-that-be.
    * los que mandan = the powers-that-be.
    * los que no han recibido formación específica = uninstructed, the.
    * los que + Verbo = those + Participio.
    * los tribunales = the Bench.
    * lo suficientemente cerca = within range.
    * lo suficientemente cerca como para oír = within earshot of.
    * lo suficientemente estúpido como para = dumb enough to.
    * lo suficientemente grande = large enough, big enough.
    * lo suficientemente lejos como para no poder oír = out of earshot.
    * los últimos coletazos = fag-end.
    * lo sumo = the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks, the cat's pyjamas.
    * los unos a costa de los otros = at each other's expense.
    * los viejos tiempos = the good old days.
    * lo tomas o lo dejas = take it or leave it.
    * lo último = the last word.
    * lo uno es tan malo como lo otro = one is as bad as the other.
    * lo vanguardista = cutting edge.
    * lo yidish = Yiddica.
    * parmarlas = kick + the bucket.
    * ser lo que nos espera = be the shape of things to come.

    * * *
    el (pl los), la; (pl las)
    A (con un referente único, conocido o que se define) the
    el sol the sun
    el lápiz/la goma/los lápices/las gomas que compré the pencil/the eraser/the pencils/the erasers I bought
    no, ése no, el que te presté ayer/el de Julio/el rojo no, not that one, the one I lent you yesterday/Julio's/the red one
    en la calle Solís in Solís Street
    prefiero el mío/los tuyos I prefer mine/yours
    me atendió el estúpido del marido that stupid husband of hers served me
    yo soy la arquitecta, ella es lexicógrafa I'm the architect, she's a lexicographer
    yo fui la que lo rompí or rompió I was the one who broke it
    los nacidos entre … those born between …
    los que faltamos ayer those of us who weren't here yesterday
    ¿cuál es Ardiles? — el del sombrero negro which one's Ardiles? — the one with the black hat
    un encuentro al que asistieron muchas personalidades a meeting which was attended by many well known people
    la obra de la que or de la cual hablábamos the play we were talking about
    B
    (con sustantivos en sentido genérico): me encanta la ópera I love opera
    odio el pescado I hate fish
    así es la vida that's life
    (nosotros) los mexicanos lo sabemos muy bien we Mexicans know only too well
    ¿ya vas a la escuela? do you go to school yet?
    ya salió del hospital she's out of the hospital ( AmE) o ( BrE) out of hospital
    en el mar at sea
    viajar por el espacio to travel in space
    C
    (en expresiones de tiempo): ocurrió el domingo de Pascua/en el verano del 76 it happened on Easter Sunday/in the summer of '76
    mi cumpleaños es el 28 de mayo my birthday's on May 28
    el mes pasado/que viene last/next month
    no trabaja los sábados she doesn't work (on) Saturdays
    estudió toda la mañana he studied all morning
    a las ocho at eight o'clock, at eight
    a eso de las seis around six o'clock
    D
    (cada): lo venden a $80 el kilo/metro they're selling it at $80 a kilo/a meter o at $80 per kilo/meter
    ¿cuánto cuesta el paquete de diez? how much does a packet of ten cost?
    E
    (con fracciones, porcentajes, números): me dio la mitad/la cuarta parte del dinero she gave me half the money/a quarter of the money
    el 20% de los peruanos 20% of Peruvians
    vivo en el cuarto I live on the fifth floor ( AmE) o ( BrE) fourth floor
    (refiriéndose a partes del cuerpo, prendas de vestir, artículos personales, etc): con las manos en los bolsillos with my/your/his hands in my/your/his pockets
    ¡te cortaste el pelo! you've had your hair cut!
    tienes la falda sucia your skirt is dirty
    tienes el suéter puesto al revés you've got your sweater on inside out
    tiene el pelo largo/los ojos azules he has long hair/blue eyes
    1
    (con apellidos acompañados de título, adjetivos, etc): llamó el señor Ortiz/la doctora Vidal/el general Santos Mr Ortiz/Doctor Vidal/General Santos phoned
    el gran Caruso the Great Caruso
    2
    (con nombres de mujeres famosas): la última película de la Monroe Monroe's last movie
    3
    (en plural): los Ortega (matrimonio) the Ortegas, Mr and Mrs Ortega; (familia) the Ortegas, the Ortega family
    a los Josés se les suele llamar Pepe people called José are often known as Pepe
    4 (fam: en muchas regiones crit)
    (con nombres de pila): pregúntale a la Carmen/al Ricardo ask Carmen/Ricardo
    5
    (con algunos nombres geográficos): en la India in India
    en (el) Perú in Peru
    6
    (al calificar): la España de Franco Franco's Spain
    el Buñuel que todos conocemos the Buñuel we all know
    la Italia del siglo pasado Italy in the last century
    7
    (con algunos equipos deportivos): juegan contra el Juventus/el Barcelona they're playing against Juventus/Barcelona
    H el
    (con infinitivo): odiaba el tener que pedírselo he hated having to ask her
    es cuidadoso y pausado en el hablar he's careful and deliberate in the way he speaks
    el frenético girar de los bailarines the frenzied spinning of the dancers
    al + INF ver a prep B 2. (↑ a 3)
    * * *

     

    Multiple Entries:
    el    
    él
    el (pl
    los), la (pl las) art the masculine article el is also used before feminine nouns which begin with accented a or ha, e.g. el agua pura, el hada madrina

    1




    así es la vida that's life;
    (nosotros) los mexicanos we Mexicans;
    ¿ya vas a la escuela? do you go to school yet?


    las tuyas yours;
    el último the last one;
    el estúpido del marido that stupid husband of hers
    2
    a) el + de:


    el de las nueve the nine o'clock one;
    el de mi hijo my son's
    b) el + que:


    los que estén cansados;
    those who are tired, anyone who's tired;
    la que te guste whichever you like
    3 ( en expresiones de tiempo):

    mi cumpleaños es el 28 de mayo my birthday's on May 28;
    el mes pasado last month;
    toda la mañana all morning;
    a las ocho at eight o'clock
    4 ( cada):
    $80 el metro/kilo $80 a meter/a kilo, $80 per kilo/meter

    5 (con fracciones, porcentajes, números):
    la mitad/la cuarta parte del dinero half the money/a quarter of the money;

    el 20% de … 20% of …
    6 (con partes del cuerpo, prendas de vestir, artículos personales, etc):

    ¡te cortaste el pelo! you've had your hair cut!;
    tiene los ojos azules he has blue eyes
    7
    a) (con apellidos acompañados de título, adjetivos, etc):

    el señor Ortiz/la doctora Vidal Mr Ortiz/Doctor Vidal;

    los Ortega the Ortegas


    ver África, Argentina, etc
    él pron pers
    a) ( como sujeto) he;

    ¿quién se lo va a decir? — él who's going to tell her?he is;

    lo hizo él mismo he did it himself;
    fue él it was him
    b) (en comparaciones, con preposiciones) him;

    ( refiriéndose a cosas) it;
    llegué antes que él I arrived before him o before he did;

    con/para él with/for him;
    son de él they're his
    el art def m
    1 the
    2 (no se traduce) (ante un tratamiento formal) el sr. Gómez, Mr Gomez
    (cuando el sustantivo es general) el hambre/tiempo, hunger/time
    3 (se traduce por un posesivo) (con partes del cuerpo) se ha cortado el pelo, she's cut her hair
    (prendas) se lo metió en el bolsillo, he put it in his pocket
    (pertenencias) guarda el diario en el cajón, put your diary into the drawer
    4 (con días de la semana) iré el miércoles, I'll go on Wednesday
    5 (cuando el sustantivo está elidido) the one: prefiero el azul, I prefer the blue one
    el de las diez, the ten o'clock one
    el que está en la mesa, the one that's on the table
    el que más nos guste, whichever one we like best
    (delante de un posesivo) el de María, Maria's
    es el mío, it's mine
    él pron pers
    1 (sujeto) (persona) he
    (animal, cosa) it: fue él, it was him, fue él el que..., it was him that... o it was he who...
    2 (complemento) (persona) him
    (animal, cosa) it
    dáselo a él, give it to him, es para él, it's for him
    3 (posesivo) de él, his
    4 (oración comparativa) ella es mejor que él, she's better than him o she's better than he is
    'él' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - abajo
    - abalanzarse
    - abaratarse
    - abarquillarse
    - abarrotar
    - abarrotada
    - abarrotado
    - abastecimiento
    - abatir
    - abatimiento
    - abdicar
    - abierta
    - abierto
    - abismo
    - abogada
    - abogado
    - abominar
    - abominable
    - abordar
    - aborigen
    - aborregarse
    - abortar
    - abotargada
    - abotargado
    - abrir
    - abreviar
    - abrirse
    - absoluta
    - absoluto
    - abstención
    - abundancia
    - acabar
    - acabarse
    - acabose
    - acallar
    - acanallar
    - accionariado
    - acero
    - achacosa
    - achacoso
    - achatamiento
    - achicharrarse
    - aclarar
    - aclarado
    - acomodarse
    - acompañar
    - acondicionar
    - acostumbrada
    - acostumbrado
    English:
    A
    - abandon
    - ABC
    - ability
    - about
    - above
    - abroad
    - abseil
    - absence
    - absent
    - absolute
    - absolve
    - absorb
    - abstract
    - academic
    - accelerate
    - accommodate
    - accomplice
    - account
    - accurately
    - accusation
    - accused
    - accustom
    - aching
    - act
    - act on
    - act up
    - actual
    - actually
    - acute
    - address
    - adequately
    - adjourn
    - admission
    - admit
    - advance
    - advanced
    - advantage
    - advantageous
    - advise
    - advocate
    - affair
    - afford
    - afloat
    - afraid
    - after
    - against
    - age
    - agenda
    - aggregate
    * * *
    el (f la, mpl los, fpl las) art determinado el is used instead of la before feminine nouns which are stressed on the first syllable and begin with “a” or “ha” (e.g. el agua, el hacha). Note that el combines with the prepositions a and de to produce the contracted forms al and del.
    1. [con valor especificador] the;
    el coche the car;
    la casa the house;
    los niños the children;
    el agua/hacha/águila the water/axe/eagle;
    fui a recoger a los niños I went to pick up the children
    2. [con sustantivo abstracto, valor genérico]
    el amor love;
    la vida life;
    el hombre Man, human beings;
    los derechos de la mujer women's rights;
    los niños imitan a los adultos children copy adults;
    el pan es un alimento básico bread is a basic food;
    la mayoría de la gente no la conoce most people don't know her;
    vuelve el biquini bikinis are back
    3. [indica posesión, pertenencia]
    se partió la pierna he broke his leg;
    se quitó los zapatos she took her shoes off;
    tiene el pelo oscuro he has dark hair;
    me han robado la maleta my suitcase has been stolen;
    se dieron la mano they shook hands
    4. [con días de la semana, fechas, horas]
    vuelven el sábado they're coming back on Saturday;
    los domingos vamos al cine we go to the movies (on) Sundays;
    llegaré el 1 de mayo [escrito] I'll arrive on 1 May;
    [hablado] I'll arrive on the first of May;
    son las siete it's seven o'clock;
    el año pasado/que viene last/next year
    5. [con nombres propios geográficos]
    el Sena the (River) Seine;
    el Everest (Mount) Everest;
    la India India;
    La Haya The Hague;
    El Cairo Cairo;
    6. [con apellido]
    la señora Márquez Mrs Márquez;
    el señor/el doctor Juárez Mr/Doctor Juárez;
    los Amaya [matrimonio] Mr and Mrs Amaya, the Amayas;
    [familia completa] the Amayas, the Amaya family;
    los Austrias the Hapsburgs;
    el Hitler español the Spanish Hitler
    7. Fam [con nombre propio de persona]
    llama a la María call Maria
    8. [con numerales, porcentajes, fracciones]
    el siete es mi número de la suerte seven's my lucky number;
    llegó el tercero he came third;
    el tercer piso the third floor;
    un aumento del 30 por ciento a 30 percent increase;
    la quinta parte (de) a fifth (of);
    el 20 por ciento (de) 20 percent (of)
    9. [en proporciones, precios]
    100 pesos el kilo 100 pesos a o per kilo
    10. [con complemento especificativo]
    el/la del sombrero the one with the hat;
    los/las de azul [cosas] the blue ones;
    [personas] the ones in blue;
    he perdido el tren, cogeré el de las nueve I've missed the train, I'll get the nine o'clock one;
    el de aquí this one here;
    ¿los del parque son amigos tuyos? were those people in the park friends of yours?;
    prefiero las del escaparate I prefer the ones in the window;
    los del fondo no se callan the people at the back won't shut up
    11. [con complemento posesivo]
    mi hermano y el de Juan my brother and Juan's;
    el mío mine;
    la tuya yours;
    los suyos theirs
    12. [con adjetivo]
    prefiero el rojo al azul I prefer the red one to the blue one;
    el/la mejor the best;
    es la mejor de la clase she's the best in the class, she's top of the class;
    los seleccionados realizarán un examen those chosen will sit an exam;
    el tonto de Ignacio se equivocó that idiot Ignacio got it wrong
    13. [con infinitivo]
    el beber tanto acabó con él all that drinking is what finished him off;
    es amante del buen comer she loves good food;
    me sienta mal el tener que decírtelo I don't like to have to tell you
    14. [con frases subordinadas]
    el/la que [cosa] whichever;
    [persona] whoever;
    los/las que [cosas] whichever;
    [personas] whoever;
    coge el/los que quieras take whichever you like;
    el que más corra whoever runs fastest, the one who runs the fastest;
    las que quieran venir que levanten la mano those who want to come o anyone who wants to come should put their hand up;
    el que no te guste no quiere decir que sea malo the fact that you don't like him doesn't make him a bad person
    15. [con valor enfático]
    ¡la pena que me dio verlo en ese estado! I felt so sorry for him when I saw him in that state!
    * * *
    el
    I art the
    II pron
    :
    el de … that of …;
    el de Juan Juan’s;
    el más grande the biggest (one);
    el que está … the one that is …
    * * *
    él pron
    : he, him
    él es mi amigo: he's my friend
    hablaremos con él: we will speak with him
    1) : the one
    tengo mi libro y el tuyo: I have my book and yours
    de los cantantes me gusta el de México: I prefer the singer from México
    2)
    el que : he who, whoever, the one that
    el que vino ayer: the one who came yesterday
    el que trabaja duro estará contento: he who works hard will be happy
    el, la art, pl los, las : the
    los niños están en la casa: the boys are in the house
    me duele el pie: my foot hurts
    * * *
    el det
    1. the
    ¿qué te pareció el libro? what did you think of the book?
    2. (posesivo) my / your / his / her etcétera
    ¿te has cortado el pelo? have you had your hair cut?
    ¿cuál prefieres? el azul which one do you prefer? the blue one
    ¡Ojo! Algunas veces no se traduce
    ¿quieres salir el sábado? do you want to go out on Saturday?
    el Sr. García Mr. García
    el que (persona) the one who / the one that (cosa) the one which / the one that
    con el que that... with
    en el que that... in

    Spanish-English dictionary > el

  • 7 él

    art.
    el coche the car
    la casa the house
    los niños the children
    el agua/hacha/águila the water/ax/eagle
    fui a recoger a los niños I went to pick up the children
    * * *
    el
    1 the
    la Sra. Rodríguez Mrs. Rodríguez
    2 el de the one
    3 el que (persona - sujeto) the one who; (- objeto) the one, the one that, the one whom
    4 (cosa) the one, the one that, the one which
    * * *
    1. pron. 2. art.
    * * *
    el; la; los; las
    ART DEF
    1) [con nombres de referente único o concreto] the

    ¿está fría el agua? — is the water cold?

    ¿ha llegado ya el abogado? — has the lawyer arrived yet?

    el tío ese* that chap

    2) [en algunos casos no se traduce]
    a) [con nombres propios]

    ¿qué manda la señora? — what would madam like?

    ha llamado el Sr. Sendra — Mr. Sendra called

    dáselo a la Luisa* give it to Luisa

    b) [con nombres en sentido genérico]
    c) [con infinitivo]

    el hacerlo fue un error — doing it was a mistake, it was a mistake to do it

    d) [con cifras, proporciones]

    ahora gano el 3% más — I now earn 3% more

    3) [traducido por el posesivo]
    4) [con expresiones temporales]
    5) (=uso distributivo)
    6) [en exclamaciones]

    ¡el frío que hacía! — it was freezing!

    7) [posesivo]

    el de, mi libro y el de usted — my book and yours

    el del sombrero rojothe one with o in the red hat

    es un traje bonito, pero prefiero el de Ana — it's a nice suit, but I prefer Ana's

    y el de todos los demás — and that of everybody else, and everybody else's

    8)

    el que

    a) + indic

    él es el que quiere — it's he who wants to, he's the one who wants to

    los que hacen eso son tontos — anyone who does that is a fool, those who do so are foolish

    b) + subjun whoever

    el que quiera, que lo haga — whoever wants to can do it

    * * *
    pronombre personal
    a) ( como sujeto) he

    ¿quién se lo va a decir? - él — who's going to tell her? - he is

    fue él — it was him, it was he (frml)

    b) (en comparaciones, con preposiciones) him; ( refiriéndose a cosas) it

    con/contra/para él — with/against/for him

    con/contra/para él — with/against/for him

    * * *
    (pl los), la (pl las) articulo
    [the masculine article el is also used before feminine nouns which begin with accented a or ha, e.g. el agua pura, el hada madrina]
    1)

    ¿ya vas a la escuela? — do you go to school yet?

    el mío/las tuyas — mine/yours

    el rojo/último — the red/last one

    los nacidos entre... — those born between...

    2)
    a)

    el + de...: la del sombrero the one with the hat; el de Valencia the one from Valencia; el de las nueve the nine o'clock one; el de Juan/de mi hijo — Juan's/my son's

    b)

    el + que...: el que acaba de entrar the one who's just come in; las que yo ví the ones I saw; los que estén cansados; those who are tired, anyone who's tired; la que te guste whichever you like; el que lo haya hecho — whoever has done it

    el mes pasado/que viene — last/next month

    4) ( cada)

    $80 el metro/kilo — $80 a meter/a kilo

    5) (con fracciones, porcentajes, números)

    la mitad/la cuarta parte del dinero — half the money/a quarter of the money

    el 20% de... — 20% of...

    el cuarto pisothe fifth floor (AmE) o (BrE) fourth floor

    6) (refiriéndose a partes del cuerpo, prendas de vestir, artículos personales, etc)
    a) (con apellidos acompañados de título, adjetivos, etc)

    el señor Ortiz/la doctora Vidal — Mr Ortiz/Doctor Vidal

    b) ( en plural)
    * * *
    el2
    = the, ye.

    Ex: The first institute, 'The Catalog: Its Nature and Prospects,' was held in New York City on October 9 and 10, 1975.

    Ex: The article 'Ye olde smart card' presents an annotated list of information sources on the credit card industry.
    * a lo extremo = to the extreme.
    * aunque no lo creas = believe it or not.
    * barrio de los ricos = upper town.
    * de los mejores = as good as any.
    * el abuelo de = the granddaddy of.
    * el acabose = the last straw.
    * el alcance = comprehensiveness.
    * el amor de + Posesivo + vida = the love of + Posesivo + life.
    * el año próximo = the year ahead.
    * el arte de = the art of, the fine art of.
    * el ataque es la mejor defensa = attack is the best form of defence.
    * el auténtico = the real McCoy.
    * el beneficio de la duda = the benefit of the doubt.
    * el bien de = the good of.
    * el buenazo de + Nombre = good old + Nombre.
    * el bueno de + Nombre = good old + Nombre.
    * el camino a seguir = the way ahead, the way to go.
    * el camino correcto = the way ahead, the way to go.
    * el camino hacia + Nombre + está lleno de + Nombre = the road (to/towards) + Nombre + is paved with + Nombre.
    * el camino hacia + Nombre + está plagado de + Nombre = the road (to/towards) + Nombre + is paved with + Nombre.
    * el camino por recorrer = the way ahead.
    * el camino que lleva a = a/the doorway to.
    * el camino recorrido = the road travelled so far.
    * el camino se hace andando = actions speak louder than words.
    * el centro de atención + ser = all eyes + be + on.
    * el charco = the big pond.
    * el ciudadano de a pie = the average Joe.
    * el ciudadano medio = the average Joe.
    * el cliente siempre tiene la razón = the customer is always right.
    * el colmo = the last straw.
    * el consejo de otra persona = a second opinion.
    * el copón = the dog's bollocks, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers.
    * el corazón de = the heart of.
    * el crecimiento de = the rising tide of.
    * el cual = which.
    * el de = that in, that of.
    * el diablo está en los detalles = the devil (is/lives) in the details.
    * el día del Juicio Final = the Day of Judgement.
    * El Diluvio = the Flood.
    * el dinero es el origen de todos los males = money is the root of all evil.
    * el dinero es la fuente de todos los males = money is the root of all evil.
    * el dinero mueve al mundo = money makes the world go (a)round.
    * el dinero no crece en los árboles = money doesn't grow on trees.
    * el doble = twice + as many.
    * el doble de = twice + the number of.
    * El Dorado = El Dorado.
    * el enemigo en casa = the enemy within.
    * el entonces + Nombre = the then + Nombre.
    * el espíritu de la época = the spirit of the times.
    * el estado de las cosas = the lay of the land [the lie of the land, -UK].
    * el evitar = avoidance.
    * el éxito genera éxito = success breeds success (SBS).
    * el éxito llama al éxito = success breeds success (SBS).
    * el final de = the close of.
    * el final de los problemas = the light at the end of the tunnel.
    * el fin del mundo = the ends of the earth.
    * el fin de semana = over the weekend, at the weekend.
    * el fin de todos los fines = the end of all ends.
    * el fin justifica los medios = the end justifies the means.
    * el fruto de + Nombre = the fruit of + Nombre.
    * el futuro = the way ahead, the way of the future.
    * el futuro + estar + justo a la vuelta de la esquina = the future + be + just around the corner.
    * el Gato con Botas = Puss in Boots.
    * el grado de = the extent of.
    * el grado de + Nombre = the breadth and depth of + Nombre.
    * el grado en que = the extent to which.
    * el gran hermano = big brother.
    * el guapo de + Nombre = good old + Nombre.
    * el hecho es que = fact is, the fact is (that).
    * el hecho es que... = the fact of the matter is that....
    * el hombre de la calle = the average Joe.
    * el hombre no es una isla = no man is an island.
    * el hombre propone y Dios dispone = Man proposes, God disposes.
    * el impulsor de = the power behind.
    * el interés público = the public interest.
    * El Juicio Final = The Last Judgement.
    * el lastre de = the shackles of.
    * el llevar = carrying.
    * el lugar que le corresponde a = the due place of.
    * El Mago de Oz = The Wizard of Oz, The Wizard of Oz.
    * el más = all-time.
    * el más + Adjetivo = the most + Adjetivo.
    * el más allá = hereafter.
    * el más bajo = rock-bottom.
    * el más favorito del mes = pick of the month.
    * el más leído = the most widely read.
    * el más recomendado = best of breed, the.
    * el Mediterráneo = Mediterranean Sea, the, the Med.
    * el mejor = best of breed, the.
    * el mejor de todos = the cream of the crop, crème de la crème.
    * el mejor hasta ahora = the best yet.
    * el mejor modo de = the best way of.
    * el mejor momento de todos = the time of all times.
    * el mejor + Nombre = the best available + Nombre.
    * el mejor que ha hecho hasta ahora = Posesivo + best yet.
    * el mentir = lying.
    * el mes pasado = last month.
    * el mío = mine.
    * el mismo + Nombre (+ que) = every bit as much + Nombre (+ as).
    * el mismo número = as many.
    * el modo como = the way in which.
    * el modo de = the way in which.
    * el modo de + Infinitivo = the way to go about + Gerundio.
    * el momento preciso = the point in time at which.
    * el motor de = the power behind.
    * el movimiento se demuestra andando = actions speak louder than words.
    * el muerto al hoyo y el vivo al bollo = dead men have no friends.
    * el mundo de las noticias = newsmaking.
    * el mundo en la palma de la mano = the world in the palm of + Posesivo + hand.
    * el mundo está a sus pies = the world is + Posesivo + oyster.
    * el mundo es un pañuelo = it's a small world.
    * el + Nombre + correcto al + Nombre + adecuado en el momento oportuno = the right + Nombre + to the right + Nombre + at the right time.
    * el + Nombre + es inestimable = the + Nombre + cannot be overestimated.
    * el + Nombre + más completo = the + Nombre + to end all + Nombre.
    * el no va más = the be all and end all, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.
    * el nuevo aspecto de = the changing face of, the changing nature of.
    * el orgullo de = showpiece.
    * el otro lado de la barrera = the other side of the fence.
    * el padre de = the father of.
    * el pan nuestro de cada día = all in a day's work.
    * el paso del tiempo = the passage of time, the sands of time.
    * el peor de todos = the worst of the lot.
    * el perro es el mejor amigo del hombre = a dog is man's best friend.
    * el peso de = brunt of, the.
    * el populacho = the great unwashed.
    * el porqué de = the reason behind, the thinking behind, the reasoning behind, the idea behind.
    * el portavoz de = the voice of.
    * el presente = thisness.
    * el primer intento = the first time around.
    * el primer + Nombre = the earliest + Nombre.
    * el primero mencionado = former.
    * el principal = the number one.
    * el principio de = the dawn of.
    * el principio del fin = the beginning of the end.
    * el principio de + Mes/Estación = early + Mes/Estación.
    * el problema no es el qué, sino el cómo = the devil (is/lives) in the details.
    * el problema obvio = the elephant in the room.
    * el proletariado = the great unwashed.
    * el pulmón de = the heart of.
    * el punto más bajo = rock-bottom.
    * el que = that, the one.
    * el que aprende = learner.
    * el que las hace, las paga = you've made your bed, now you must lie in it!.
    * el que lo encuentre se lo queda = finders keepers.
    * el que mantiene a la familia = breadwinner [bread winner].
    * el que mucho abarca poco aprieta = jack of all trades, master of none.
    * el que no llora, no mama = the squeaky (squeaking) wheel gets the grease (the oil/oiled).
    * el que no se aventura no cruza el mar = nothing ventured, nothing gained.
    * el que pregunta = inquirer [enquirer, -UK].
    * el quid de la cuestión = the crux of the problem, the crux of the matter.
    * el registro de los registros = record-of-record.
    * el registro modelo = record-of-record.
    * el resto = rest, the.
    * el resto (de) = the remainder (of), the rest (of).
    * El Salvador = El Salvador.
    * el segundo mencionado = latter.
    * el sendero que lleva a = a/the doorway to.
    * el ser barato = cheapness.
    * el siguiente no, el otro = next but one.
    * el sitio adecuado en el momento adecuado = the right place at the right time.
    * el sueño de toda persona = the stuff dreams are made of.
    * el sueño de todos = the stuff dreams are made of.
    * el sueño de todo ser viviente = the stuff dreams are made of.
    * el súmmum = the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.
    * el tamaño de = the extent of.
    * el tema de la discusión = the focus of the discussion.
    * el tema del debate = the focus of the discussion.
    * el tiempo de Algo = in season.
    * el tiempo es oro = time is money.
    * el tiempo lo dirá = only time will tell.
    * el tiempo vuela = time flies (by).
    * el tipo de = the range of.
    * el todo es más grande que la suma de sus partes = the whole is greater than the sum of its parts.
    * el total de = the total sum of, the sum total of.
    * el transcurrir del tiempo = the sands of time.
    * el transcurso del tiempo = as time goes by.
    * el último citado = latter.
    * el último grito = the last word, the cat's meow, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.
    * el último + Nombre = the latest + Nombre.
    * el último pero no el menos importante = the last but by no means least.
    * el único = the one and only.
    * el único e incomparable = the one and only.
    * el único e inimitable = the one and only.
    * el único problema = a fly in the soup, the fly in the ointment.
    * el verdadero = the real McCoy.
    * el verdadero problema = the elephant in the room.
    * el ver televisión = television viewing.
    * el viejo = the elder.
    * el vulgo = the great unwashed.
    * el yugo de = the shackles of.
    * espicharlas = kick + the bucket.
    * la = the, ye.
    * la alternativa + ser = the alternative + be.
    * la belleza es superficial = beauty is only skin deep.
    * La Biblioteca Responde = Ask the Library.
    * la Biblioteca y el Archivo de Canadá = Library and Archives Canada.
    * la buena noticia = the good news.
    * la calidad es nuestro lema = quality is our middle name.
    * la calma que precede a la tormenta = the lull before the storm.
    * la cambiante fisonomía de = the changing face of, the changing nature of.
    * la caridad empieza por uno mismo = charity begins at home.
    * la ciudadana de a pie = the average Jane.
    * la ciudadana media = the average Jane.
    * la ciudad que nunca duerme = the city that never sleeps.
    * la clave de = at the heart of.
    * la clave está en la letra pequeña = the devil (is/lives) in the details.
    * la comunidad en general = the community at large.
    * la Convención de la Haya de 1954 = the 1954 Hague Convention.
    * la copa del árbol = the top of the tree.
    * la cosa es que = the thing is.
    * la cosa principal = the number one thing.
    * la crème de la crème = the cream of the crop, crème de la crème.
    * la cruz de = the bane of.
    * la cuestión es que = the thing is.
    * la década de los + Número = the + Número + s.
    * la demanda de = a call for.
    * la diversidad de = the range of.
    * la diversidad de + Nombre = the many + Nombre.
    * la edad se lleva en el alma = you are as old as you feel.
    * la época de Algo = in season.
    * la escoria de la sociedad = the gutter.
    * la espalda de = the back of.
    * la evidencia = the writing on the wall.
    * la fe mueve montañas = faith will move mountains.
    * la filosofía de = the reason behind, the reasoning behind.
    * la flor de + Nombre = the prime of + Nombre.
    * la flor y nata = the cream of the crop, crème de la crème.
    * la forma correcta de hacer las cosas = the way to go.
    * la forma de = ways and means (of/for/to/in/by).
    * la forma de + Infinitivo = the way to go about + Gerundio.
    * la forma de ver las cosas = the way + to see things.
    * la fuerza de la mayoría = strength in numbers.
    * la gente decía que = rumour had it that.
    * la gente dice que = rumour has it that.
    * la gente se está inquietando = the natives are nervous.
    * la gente se está poniendo nerviosa = the natives are nervous.
    * la gente se puso de pie para aplaudir = standing ovation.
    * la gota que colmó el vaso = the straw that broke the camel's back.
    * la Gran Manzana = the Big Apple.
    * la gran mayoría de = the vast majority of, the bulk of.
    * la historia + repetirse = history + come full circle.
    * la historia + volverse a repetir = history + come full circle.
    * la hostia = the cat's pyjamas, the cat's pyjamas, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.
    * la hoz y el martillo = the hammer and sickle.
    * la idea que hay detrás de = the idea behind.
    * la imaginación no tiene límites = your imagination is the limit.
    * la imitación es la mejor forma de que lo halaguen a uno = imitation is the sincerest form of flattery.
    * La Isla del Tesoro = Treasure Island.
    * la joya de = showpiece.
    * la judicatura = the Bench.
    * la justicia = the Bench.
    * la juventud no es cuestión de edad sino de espíritu = you are as old as you feel.
    * la leche = the dog's bollocks, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers.
    * la luz al final del túnel = the light at the end of the tunnel.
    * la magistratura = the Bench.
    * la manera de + Infinitivo = the way to go about + Gerundio.
    * la mano que mece la cuna es la mano que domina el mundo = the hand that rocks the cradle rules the world.
    * la mano que mece la cuna gobierna el mundo = the hand that rocks the cradle rules the world.
    * la mar de = a whole slew of.
    * la mayoría con mucho de = the vast majority of.
    * la mayoría de = the majority of, most + Nombre, the main bulk of.
    * la mayoría de la gente = most people, the majority of the people.
    * la mayoría de las personas = most people, the majority of the people.
    * la mayoría de las veces = most of the time, more often than not.
    * la mayoría del mundo = the majority of the world, most people, the majority of the people.
    * la mayoría del tiempo = most of the time.
    * la mayor parte de = the majority of, the main bulk of, the lion's share of.
    * la mayor parte de las veces = more often than not.
    * la medida en que = the extent to which.
    * la mejor forma de hacer Algo = best practices, lessons learned [lessons learnt].
    * la mejor manera = how best.
    * la mejor manera de = the best way of.
    * la mejor oferta = the best deal.
    * la mejor opción = the best bet.
    * la mejor salida = the best way forward.
    * la mejor solución = the best way forward.
    * la menor duda de que = no doubt whatsoever.
    * la mentira = lying.
    * la mirada en = eye(s) on.
    * la misma persona = one and the same person.
    * la mitad (1/2) = one-half (1/2).
    * la necesidad agudiza el ingenio = necessity mothers invention.
    * la ocasión la pintan calva = make + hay while the sun shines.
    * la opinión de otra persona = a second opinion.
    * la oportunidad de + Posesivo + vida = the opportunity of a lifetime.
    * la parte de atrás de = the back of.
    * la parte más dura de = brunt of, the.
    * la parte más importante = the heart of.
    * la parte principal de = the bulk of.
    * la parte superior izquierda de = the upper left of.
    * la parte trasera de = the back of.
    * la personificación de la confianza en uno mismo = confidence personified.
    * la pesadilla de = the bane of.
    * la pesca del día = the day's catch, the catch of the day.
    * la petición de = a call for.
    * la píldora = the pill.
    * la plebe = the great unwashed.
    * la polla = the dog's bollocks, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers.
    * la práctica hace al maestro = practice makes perfect.
    * la primera tentativa = the first time around.
    * la primera vez = the first time around.
    * la proporción mayor de = the lion's share of.
    * la próxima moda = the next hot thing.
    * la puntilla = the final/last nail in + Posesivo + coffin.
    * la que = that, the one.
    * la razón de ser = the reason for being.
    * la realidad es que = the fact remains that..., fact is, the fact is (that).
    * la rehostia = the dog's bollocks, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers.
    * la responsabilidad ahora recae en + Nombre = the ball is in + Posesivo + court.
    * la responsabilidad es de... = the buck + stops....
    * la riqueza de = the wealth of.
    * la ruina de = the bane of.
    * las = the, ye.
    * las 24 horas = round the clock, around the clock.
    * las apariencias engañan = don't judge a book by its cover, there's more to it than meets the eye.
    * las ataduras de = the shackles of.
    * las autoridades = the powers-that-be.
    * las cosas + cambiar = pendulum + swing.
    * las cosas + estar + claras = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.
    * las cosas no pasan así como así = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).
    * las cosas no pasan (así) porque sí = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).
    * las cosas no son tan simples como parecen = there's more to it than meets the eye.
    * las cosas + seguir + igual = business + revolve + as usual.
    * las cosas siguen igual = business as usual.
    * las cosas sólo pasan una vez = lightning never strikes twice.
    * las cosas son más complicadas de lo que parecen = there's more to it than meets the eye.
    * las cosas tal y como son = the birds and the bees.
    * las cosas + volver + a su punto de partida = the wheel + turn + full circle.
    * las de = those for.
    * las doce del mediodía = noon.
    * la segunda mitad de + Fecha = the latter part of + Fecha.
    * la segunda opción = the next best choice.
    * la segunda vez = the second time around.
    * la semana pasada = last week.
    * la senda que lleva a = a/the doorway to.
    * la situación = the course of events.
    * la sociedad en general = society at large.
    * las posibilidades son infinitas = the possibilities are endless.
    * las profundidades del mar = the deep.
    * las profundidades del océano = the deep.
    * las pruebas = the writing on the wall.
    * las raíces se encuentran = roots + lie.
    * las raíces se remontan a = roots + lie.
    * las razones de = the reason behind, the thinking behind, the reasoning behind, the idea behind.
    * las Reglas de Cutter para un Catálogo Diccionario = Cutter's Rules for a Dictionary Catalog.
    * las triquiñuelas de la letra pequeña = the devil (is/lives) in the details.
    * la suerte + cambiar = the tide + turn.
    * la suerte estaba echada = the die was cast, the die had been cast.
    * la suerte está echada = the die is cast.
    * la suma total de = the total sum of, the sum total of.
    * las uvas están verdes = sour grapes.
    * las veinticuatro horas = day and night, day or night, night and day.
    * la temporada de Algo = in season.
    * la tierra de la abundancia = the land of plenty.
    * la tierra de las oportunidades = the land of opportunity.
    * la tira de = a whole slew of.
    * la tira de tiempo = donkey's years.
    * la triste realidad es que = the sad fact is (that).
    * la última palabra = the last word, the last word, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.
    * la última vez = last time.
    * la última vez que = the last time.
    * la única pega = the fly in the ointment, a fly in the soup.
    * la unión hace la fuerza = strength in numbers.
    * la ventaja de = the beauty of.
    * la ventaja es que = on the positive side, the advantage is that, on the bright side.
    * la verdad = the lowdown (on).
    * la verdad es que = if the truth be known, if the truth be told, the fact is (that), fact is.
    * la verdad es que... = the fact of the matter is that....
    * la verdad sea dicha = to tell the truth.
    * la verdad sea dicha que = if the truth be told.
    * la Vía Láctea = the Milky Way.
    * la vida continúa = the show must go on.
    * la vida + continuar = life + go on.
    * la vida es así = life's like that.
    * ¡la vida no es un camino de rosas! = the course of true love never did run smooth!.
    * la vida + seguir = life + go on.
    * la víspera de = on the eve of.
    * la voz de = the voice of.
    * la voz de la conciencia = the voice within.
    * la voz de la experiencia = the voice of experience.
    * la voz de la razón = the voice of reason.
    * la voz del odio = the voice of hate.
    * la voz interior = the voice within.
    * lo absurdo = ridiculousness.
    * lo adecuado = adequacy.
    * lo + Adjetivo + que sea/esté = how + Adjetivo.
    * lo anodino = blandness.
    * lo anteriormente expuesto = the preceding.
    * lo apropiado = appropriateness.
    * lo barato = inexpensiveness.
    * lo básico = essential, the, nuts and bolts, bare minimum, bare necessities, the, the lowdown (on).
    * lo bastante elevado = high enough.
    * lo bastante extenso = adequately scoped.
    * lo bueno de = the beauty of.
    * lo bueno es que = the good news is (that)..., on the positive side, on the bright side.
    * lo bueno viene en frascos pequeños = small is beautiful.
    * lo bueno y lo malo = the rights and wrongs.
    * lo caro = expensiveness.
    * lo chicano = Chicana.
    * lo chulo = coolness.
    * lo cierto es que = fact is, the fact is (that).
    * lo completo = completeness.
    * lo completo que Algo está = fullness.
    * lo creas o no = believe it or not.
    * lo decisivo = the last word.
    * lo definitivo = the last word.
    * lo desagradable = unpleasantness.
    * ¿lo dices en broma? = you must be joking!, you must be kidding!.
    * lo directo = directness.
    * lo divertido = the fun part.
    * lo engorroso de = cumbersomeness.
    * lo esencial = essential, the, nuts and bolts, bare minimum, bare necessities, the, the lowdown (on).
    * lo estrafalario = zaniness.
    * lo estrambótico = zaniness.
    * lo extenso = comprehensiveness.
    * lo favorable = propitiousness.
    * lo hebraico = Hebraica.
    * lo hecho hecho está = no use crying over spilt/spilled milk.
    * lo importante es lo que eres no cómo te llamas = a rose by any other name.
    * lo imprescindible = bare necessities, the, bare minimum.
    * lo incómodo de = cumbersomeness.
    * lo indefinido = indefiniteness.
    * lo indirecto = indirectness.
    * lo indispensable = bare necessities, the, bare minimum.
    * lo insulso = blandness.
    * lo interesante = the fun part.
    * lo judío = Judaica.
    * lo lindo = cuteness.
    * lo llano = flatness.
    * lo más cercano a = the nearest thing to.
    * lo más conveniente es que = optimally.
    * lo más destacado = highlights.
    * lo más detestado = pet hate.
    * lo más importante = most of all, at its core.
    * lo más interesante = highlights.
    * lo más mínimo = so much as.
    * lo más novedoso = the last word.
    * lo más odiado = pet hate.
    * lo más parecido a = the nearest thing to.
    * lo más probable es que = most probably.
    * lo más recio de = brunt of, the.
    * lo más recóndito = nooks and crannies.
    * lo máximo = the be all and end all, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.
    * lo mejor = the top of the tree.
    * lo mejor de = the beauty of, showpiece.
    * lo mejor de ambas partes = the best of both worlds.
    * lo mejor de lo mejor = the best of the best.
    * lo mejor de todo = best of all.
    * lo mejor entre lo mejor = the best of the best.
    * lo mejor es que... = the good news is (that)....
    * lo mejor está aún por llegar = the best is yet to come.
    * lo mejor posible = to the best of + Posesivo + ability, at + Posesivo + (very) best, optimally.
    * lo mejor que pueda = to the best of + Posesivo + ability.
    * lo mejor que se puede hacer = the best bet.
    * lo mejor + ser = the beautiful part + be.
    * lo menos posible = as little as possible.
    * lo mínimo = bare minimum, bare necessities, the.
    * lo mismo ocurre con = the same goes for.
    * lo mismo ocurre en el caso de = the same is true (for/of/with).
    * lo mismo que = the same as, along the lines of, in much the same way as.
    * lo mismo que antes = the same as before.
    * lo mismo que para = the same as that for.
    * lo mismo se aplica a = the same is true (for/of/with).
    * lo molesto de = cumbersomeness.
    * lo mucho que = how extensively.
    * lo noble = high-mindedness.
    * lo no convencional = unconventional, the.
    * lo normal + ser + que = there + be + a tendency (to/for), there + be + a tendency (to/for).
    * lo oportuno = timeliness.
    * lo pasado pasado está = let bygones be bygones.
    * lo peor de = brunt of, the.
    * lo peor del = the armpit of the.
    * lo pintoresco = quaintness.
    * lo plano = flatness.
    * lo poco común = rarity, rareness.
    * lo poco convencional = unconventional, the.
    * lo primero = for one, first off.
    * lo primero de todo = first of all, first off.
    * lo prometido es deuda = a promise is a promise.
    * lo propicio = propitiousness.
    * lo público = publicness.
    * lo que = that which, what.
    * lo que aguarda a = what is on store for.
    * lo que Algo o Alguien se merece, lo que le corresponde, bastante = fair share, fair share.
    * lo que a uno cura a otro mata = one man's meat is another man's poison.
    * lo que demuestra que = which (just) goes to show that.
    * lo que el futuro depara a = what is on store for.
    * lo que es aun más inquietante = more disturbingly.
    * lo que es aun más preocupante = more disturbingly.
    * lo que es aun mejor = better still.
    * lo que es aun peor = worse still.
    * lo que es bueno para uno es bueno para otro = what's sauce for the goose is sauce for the gander.
    * lo que es bueno para uno también es bueno para otro = what's good for the goose is good for the gander.
    * lo que es más = what is more, what's more.
    * lo que es más importante = most importantly, more importantly, most of all, most important.
    * lo que es mejor aun = better still.
    * lo que es muy importante = importantly.
    * lo que es peor = what's worse.
    * lo que es peor aun = worse still.
    * lo que espera a = what is on store for.
    * lo que está bien y lo que está mal = rights and wrongs.
    * lo que existe (en el mercado) = what's out there.
    * lo que haya que de ser, será = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.
    * lo que hay (en el mercado) = what's out there.
    * lo que hay que hacer = do + the right thing, the way to go.
    * lo que hay que hacer y lo que hay que evitar = do's and don'ts, rights and wrongs.
    * lo que le corresponde = fair share.
    * lo que nos espera = things to come.
    * lo que quiera que = whatever.
    * lo que sea = something or other.
    * lo que se gana por un lado se pierde por otro = swings and roundabouts.
    * lo que se pierda en una cosa se gana en la otra = what you lose on the swings you gain on the roundabouts.
    * lo que + ser = what + be like.
    * lo que se suele pagar = going rate, the.
    * lo que tenga que pasar, que pase = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.
    * lo que tenga que ser, será = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.
    * lo que vale para tí también vale para mí = what's good for the goose is good for the gander, what's sauce for the goose is sauce for the gander.
    * lo rural = rurality.
    * los = the, ye.
    * los 365 días del año = year-round.
    * los 40 principales = Top 40 singles chart.
    * los abajo firmantes = the parties hereto.
    * los acontecimientos = the course of events.
    * lo sagrado = sacredness.
    * los albores de = the dawn of.
    * los años cincuenta = fifties.
    * los años treinta = thirties.
    * los árboles no dejan ver el bosque = lose + sight of the forest for the trees.
    * los avatares de la guerra = the tides of war.
    * los buenos tiempos = the good old days.
    * los comienzos de = the dawn of.
    * los constantes cambios de = the changing face of, the changing nature of.
    * los de = those for, those in.
    * los demás = rest, the, everybody else.
    * los detalles de la letra pequeña = the devil (is/lives) in the details.
    * los días antes de = leading up to.
    * los dos = both, both of them, both of which.
    * los efectos negativos se están dejando sentir ahora = chickens come home to roost.
    * los gobernantes = the powers-that-be.
    * los hay para dar y regalar = there's one born every minute.
    * los mandamás = the powers-that-be.
    * los más necesitados = those most in need.
    * los más pobres + Nombre = the poorest + Nombre.
    * los menos locuaces = inarticulate, the.
    * los motivos de = the reason behind, the thinking behind, the reasoning behind, the idea behind.
    * los necesitados = the needy.
    * los orígenes de = the dawn of.
    * los otros con los que aparece(n) = neighbours [neighbors, -USA].
    * los peores + Nombre = the poorest + Nombre.
    * los poderes fáticos = the powers-that-be.
    * los pormenores de la letra pequeña = the devil (is/lives) in the details.
    * Los Principios de París = Paris Principles.
    * los que = those who.
    * los que detentan el poder = the powers-that-be.
    * los que mandan = the powers-that-be.
    * los que no han recibido formación específica = uninstructed, the.
    * los que + Verbo = those + Participio.
    * los tribunales = the Bench.
    * lo suficientemente cerca = within range.
    * lo suficientemente cerca como para oír = within earshot of.
    * lo suficientemente estúpido como para = dumb enough to.
    * lo suficientemente grande = large enough, big enough.
    * lo suficientemente lejos como para no poder oír = out of earshot.
    * los últimos coletazos = fag-end.
    * lo sumo = the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks, the cat's pyjamas.
    * los unos a costa de los otros = at each other's expense.
    * los viejos tiempos = the good old days.
    * lo tomas o lo dejas = take it or leave it.
    * lo último = the last word.
    * lo uno es tan malo como lo otro = one is as bad as the other.
    * lo vanguardista = cutting edge.
    * lo yidish = Yiddica.
    * parmarlas = kick + the bucket.
    * ser lo que nos espera = be the shape of things to come.

    * * *
    el (pl los), la; (pl las)
    A (con un referente único, conocido o que se define) the
    el sol the sun
    el lápiz/la goma/los lápices/las gomas que compré the pencil/the eraser/the pencils/the erasers I bought
    no, ése no, el que te presté ayer/el de Julio/el rojo no, not that one, the one I lent you yesterday/Julio's/the red one
    en la calle Solís in Solís Street
    prefiero el mío/los tuyos I prefer mine/yours
    me atendió el estúpido del marido that stupid husband of hers served me
    yo soy la arquitecta, ella es lexicógrafa I'm the architect, she's a lexicographer
    yo fui la que lo rompí or rompió I was the one who broke it
    los nacidos entre … those born between …
    los que faltamos ayer those of us who weren't here yesterday
    ¿cuál es Ardiles? — el del sombrero negro which one's Ardiles? — the one with the black hat
    un encuentro al que asistieron muchas personalidades a meeting which was attended by many well known people
    la obra de la que or de la cual hablábamos the play we were talking about
    B
    (con sustantivos en sentido genérico): me encanta la ópera I love opera
    odio el pescado I hate fish
    así es la vida that's life
    (nosotros) los mexicanos lo sabemos muy bien we Mexicans know only too well
    ¿ya vas a la escuela? do you go to school yet?
    ya salió del hospital she's out of the hospital ( AmE) o ( BrE) out of hospital
    en el mar at sea
    viajar por el espacio to travel in space
    C
    (en expresiones de tiempo): ocurrió el domingo de Pascua/en el verano del 76 it happened on Easter Sunday/in the summer of '76
    mi cumpleaños es el 28 de mayo my birthday's on May 28
    el mes pasado/que viene last/next month
    no trabaja los sábados she doesn't work (on) Saturdays
    estudió toda la mañana he studied all morning
    a las ocho at eight o'clock, at eight
    a eso de las seis around six o'clock
    D
    (cada): lo venden a $80 el kilo/metro they're selling it at $80 a kilo/a meter o at $80 per kilo/meter
    ¿cuánto cuesta el paquete de diez? how much does a packet of ten cost?
    E
    (con fracciones, porcentajes, números): me dio la mitad/la cuarta parte del dinero she gave me half the money/a quarter of the money
    el 20% de los peruanos 20% of Peruvians
    vivo en el cuarto I live on the fifth floor ( AmE) o ( BrE) fourth floor
    (refiriéndose a partes del cuerpo, prendas de vestir, artículos personales, etc): con las manos en los bolsillos with my/your/his hands in my/your/his pockets
    ¡te cortaste el pelo! you've had your hair cut!
    tienes la falda sucia your skirt is dirty
    tienes el suéter puesto al revés you've got your sweater on inside out
    tiene el pelo largo/los ojos azules he has long hair/blue eyes
    1
    (con apellidos acompañados de título, adjetivos, etc): llamó el señor Ortiz/la doctora Vidal/el general Santos Mr Ortiz/Doctor Vidal/General Santos phoned
    el gran Caruso the Great Caruso
    2
    (con nombres de mujeres famosas): la última película de la Monroe Monroe's last movie
    3
    (en plural): los Ortega (matrimonio) the Ortegas, Mr and Mrs Ortega; (familia) the Ortegas, the Ortega family
    a los Josés se les suele llamar Pepe people called José are often known as Pepe
    4 (fam: en muchas regiones crit)
    (con nombres de pila): pregúntale a la Carmen/al Ricardo ask Carmen/Ricardo
    5
    (con algunos nombres geográficos): en la India in India
    en (el) Perú in Peru
    6
    (al calificar): la España de Franco Franco's Spain
    el Buñuel que todos conocemos the Buñuel we all know
    la Italia del siglo pasado Italy in the last century
    7
    (con algunos equipos deportivos): juegan contra el Juventus/el Barcelona they're playing against Juventus/Barcelona
    H el
    (con infinitivo): odiaba el tener que pedírselo he hated having to ask her
    es cuidadoso y pausado en el hablar he's careful and deliberate in the way he speaks
    el frenético girar de los bailarines the frenzied spinning of the dancers
    al + INF ver a prep B 2. (↑ a 3)
    * * *

     

    Multiple Entries:
    el    
    él
    el (pl
    los), la (pl las) art the masculine article el is also used before feminine nouns which begin with accented a or ha, e.g. el agua pura, el hada madrina

    1




    así es la vida that's life;
    (nosotros) los mexicanos we Mexicans;
    ¿ya vas a la escuela? do you go to school yet?


    las tuyas yours;
    el último the last one;
    el estúpido del marido that stupid husband of hers
    2
    a) el + de:


    el de las nueve the nine o'clock one;
    el de mi hijo my son's
    b) el + que:


    los que estén cansados;
    those who are tired, anyone who's tired;
    la que te guste whichever you like
    3 ( en expresiones de tiempo):

    mi cumpleaños es el 28 de mayo my birthday's on May 28;
    el mes pasado last month;
    toda la mañana all morning;
    a las ocho at eight o'clock
    4 ( cada):
    $80 el metro/kilo $80 a meter/a kilo, $80 per kilo/meter

    5 (con fracciones, porcentajes, números):
    la mitad/la cuarta parte del dinero half the money/a quarter of the money;

    el 20% de … 20% of …
    6 (con partes del cuerpo, prendas de vestir, artículos personales, etc):

    ¡te cortaste el pelo! you've had your hair cut!;
    tiene los ojos azules he has blue eyes
    7
    a) (con apellidos acompañados de título, adjetivos, etc):

    el señor Ortiz/la doctora Vidal Mr Ortiz/Doctor Vidal;

    los Ortega the Ortegas


    ver África, Argentina, etc
    él pron pers
    a) ( como sujeto) he;

    ¿quién se lo va a decir? — él who's going to tell her?he is;

    lo hizo él mismo he did it himself;
    fue él it was him
    b) (en comparaciones, con preposiciones) him;

    ( refiriéndose a cosas) it;
    llegué antes que él I arrived before him o before he did;

    con/para él with/for him;
    son de él they're his
    el art def m
    1 the
    2 (no se traduce) (ante un tratamiento formal) el sr. Gómez, Mr Gomez
    (cuando el sustantivo es general) el hambre/tiempo, hunger/time
    3 (se traduce por un posesivo) (con partes del cuerpo) se ha cortado el pelo, she's cut her hair
    (prendas) se lo metió en el bolsillo, he put it in his pocket
    (pertenencias) guarda el diario en el cajón, put your diary into the drawer
    4 (con días de la semana) iré el miércoles, I'll go on Wednesday
    5 (cuando el sustantivo está elidido) the one: prefiero el azul, I prefer the blue one
    el de las diez, the ten o'clock one
    el que está en la mesa, the one that's on the table
    el que más nos guste, whichever one we like best
    (delante de un posesivo) el de María, Maria's
    es el mío, it's mine
    él pron pers
    1 (sujeto) (persona) he
    (animal, cosa) it: fue él, it was him, fue él el que..., it was him that... o it was he who...
    2 (complemento) (persona) him
    (animal, cosa) it
    dáselo a él, give it to him, es para él, it's for him
    3 (posesivo) de él, his
    4 (oración comparativa) ella es mejor que él, she's better than him o she's better than he is
    'él' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - abajo
    - abalanzarse
    - abaratarse
    - abarquillarse
    - abarrotar
    - abarrotada
    - abarrotado
    - abastecimiento
    - abatir
    - abatimiento
    - abdicar
    - abierta
    - abierto
    - abismo
    - abogada
    - abogado
    - abominar
    - abominable
    - abordar
    - aborigen
    - aborregarse
    - abortar
    - abotargada
    - abotargado
    - abrir
    - abreviar
    - abrirse
    - absoluta
    - absoluto
    - abstención
    - abundancia
    - acabar
    - acabarse
    - acabose
    - acallar
    - acanallar
    - accionariado
    - acero
    - achacosa
    - achacoso
    - achatamiento
    - achicharrarse
    - aclarar
    - aclarado
    - acomodarse
    - acompañar
    - acondicionar
    - acostumbrada
    - acostumbrado
    English:
    A
    - abandon
    - ABC
    - ability
    - about
    - above
    - abroad
    - abseil
    - absence
    - absent
    - absolute
    - absolve
    - absorb
    - abstract
    - academic
    - accelerate
    - accommodate
    - accomplice
    - account
    - accurately
    - accusation
    - accused
    - accustom
    - aching
    - act
    - act on
    - act up
    - actual
    - actually
    - acute
    - address
    - adequately
    - adjourn
    - admission
    - admit
    - advance
    - advanced
    - advantage
    - advantageous
    - advise
    - advocate
    - affair
    - afford
    - afloat
    - afraid
    - after
    - against
    - age
    - agenda
    - aggregate
    * * *
    el (f la, mpl los, fpl las) art determinado el is used instead of la before feminine nouns which are stressed on the first syllable and begin with “a” or “ha” (e.g. el agua, el hacha). Note that el combines with the prepositions a and de to produce the contracted forms al and del.
    1. [con valor especificador] the;
    el coche the car;
    la casa the house;
    los niños the children;
    el agua/hacha/águila the water/axe/eagle;
    fui a recoger a los niños I went to pick up the children
    2. [con sustantivo abstracto, valor genérico]
    el amor love;
    la vida life;
    el hombre Man, human beings;
    los derechos de la mujer women's rights;
    los niños imitan a los adultos children copy adults;
    el pan es un alimento básico bread is a basic food;
    la mayoría de la gente no la conoce most people don't know her;
    vuelve el biquini bikinis are back
    3. [indica posesión, pertenencia]
    se partió la pierna he broke his leg;
    se quitó los zapatos she took her shoes off;
    tiene el pelo oscuro he has dark hair;
    me han robado la maleta my suitcase has been stolen;
    se dieron la mano they shook hands
    4. [con días de la semana, fechas, horas]
    vuelven el sábado they're coming back on Saturday;
    los domingos vamos al cine we go to the movies (on) Sundays;
    llegaré el 1 de mayo [escrito] I'll arrive on 1 May;
    [hablado] I'll arrive on the first of May;
    son las siete it's seven o'clock;
    el año pasado/que viene last/next year
    5. [con nombres propios geográficos]
    el Sena the (River) Seine;
    el Everest (Mount) Everest;
    la India India;
    La Haya The Hague;
    El Cairo Cairo;
    6. [con apellido]
    la señora Márquez Mrs Márquez;
    el señor/el doctor Juárez Mr/Doctor Juárez;
    los Amaya [matrimonio] Mr and Mrs Amaya, the Amayas;
    [familia completa] the Amayas, the Amaya family;
    los Austrias the Hapsburgs;
    el Hitler español the Spanish Hitler
    7. Fam [con nombre propio de persona]
    llama a la María call Maria
    8. [con numerales, porcentajes, fracciones]
    el siete es mi número de la suerte seven's my lucky number;
    llegó el tercero he came third;
    el tercer piso the third floor;
    un aumento del 30 por ciento a 30 percent increase;
    la quinta parte (de) a fifth (of);
    el 20 por ciento (de) 20 percent (of)
    9. [en proporciones, precios]
    100 pesos el kilo 100 pesos a o per kilo
    10. [con complemento especificativo]
    el/la del sombrero the one with the hat;
    los/las de azul [cosas] the blue ones;
    [personas] the ones in blue;
    he perdido el tren, cogeré el de las nueve I've missed the train, I'll get the nine o'clock one;
    el de aquí this one here;
    ¿los del parque son amigos tuyos? were those people in the park friends of yours?;
    prefiero las del escaparate I prefer the ones in the window;
    los del fondo no se callan the people at the back won't shut up
    11. [con complemento posesivo]
    mi hermano y el de Juan my brother and Juan's;
    el mío mine;
    la tuya yours;
    los suyos theirs
    12. [con adjetivo]
    prefiero el rojo al azul I prefer the red one to the blue one;
    el/la mejor the best;
    es la mejor de la clase she's the best in the class, she's top of the class;
    los seleccionados realizarán un examen those chosen will sit an exam;
    el tonto de Ignacio se equivocó that idiot Ignacio got it wrong
    13. [con infinitivo]
    el beber tanto acabó con él all that drinking is what finished him off;
    es amante del buen comer she loves good food;
    me sienta mal el tener que decírtelo I don't like to have to tell you
    14. [con frases subordinadas]
    el/la que [cosa] whichever;
    [persona] whoever;
    los/las que [cosas] whichever;
    [personas] whoever;
    coge el/los que quieras take whichever you like;
    el que más corra whoever runs fastest, the one who runs the fastest;
    las que quieran venir que levanten la mano those who want to come o anyone who wants to come should put their hand up;
    el que no te guste no quiere decir que sea malo the fact that you don't like him doesn't make him a bad person
    15. [con valor enfático]
    ¡la pena que me dio verlo en ese estado! I felt so sorry for him when I saw him in that state!
    * * *
    el
    I art the
    II pron
    :
    el de … that of …;
    el de Juan Juan’s;
    el más grande the biggest (one);
    el que está … the one that is …
    * * *
    él pron
    : he, him
    él es mi amigo: he's my friend
    hablaremos con él: we will speak with him
    1) : the one
    tengo mi libro y el tuyo: I have my book and yours
    de los cantantes me gusta el de México: I prefer the singer from México
    2)
    el que : he who, whoever, the one that
    el que vino ayer: the one who came yesterday
    el que trabaja duro estará contento: he who works hard will be happy
    el, la art, pl los, las : the
    los niños están en la casa: the boys are in the house
    me duele el pie: my foot hurts
    * * *
    el det
    1. the
    ¿qué te pareció el libro? what did you think of the book?
    2. (posesivo) my / your / his / her etcétera
    ¿te has cortado el pelo? have you had your hair cut?
    ¿cuál prefieres? el azul which one do you prefer? the blue one
    ¡Ojo! Algunas veces no se traduce
    ¿quieres salir el sábado? do you want to go out on Saturday?
    el Sr. García Mr. García
    el que (persona) the one who / the one that (cosa) the one which / the one that
    con el que that... with
    en el que that... in

    Spanish-English dictionary > él

  • 8 AF

    of
    * * *
    prep. w. dat.
    I. Of place:
    1) off, from;
    G. hljóp af hesti sínum, G. jumped off his horse;
    ganga af mótinu, to go away from the meeting;
    Flosi kastaði af sér skikkjunni, threw off his cloak;
    Gizzur gekk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from the south-west;
    hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he had taken off his shoes;
    Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off;
    tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms;
    bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus;
    hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession;
    vil ek þú vinnir af þér skuldina, work off the debt;
    muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand;
    rísa af dauða, to rise from the dead;
    vakna af draumi, to awaken from a dream;
    lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse;
    vindr stóð af landi, the wind blew from the land;
    2) out of;
    verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world;
    gruflar hón af læknum, she scrambles out of the brook;
    Otradalr var mjök af vegi, far out of the way.
    Connected with út; föstudaginn fór út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town.
    II. Of time; past, beyond:
    af ómagaaldri, able to support oneself, of age;
    ek em nú af léttasta skeiði, no longer in the prime of life;
    þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, when seven weeks of summer are past;
    var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past.
    III. In various other relations:
    1) þiggja lið af e-m, to receive help from one;
    hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy;
    vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of one;
    féll þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s men fell there;
    þá eru þeir útlagir ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their goðorð;
    þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim;
    ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to give up;
    2) off, of;
    höggva fót, hönd, af e-m, to cut off one’s foot, hand;
    vil ek, at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, whatever you like of the stores;
    þar lá forkr einn ok brotit af endanum, with the point broken off;
    absol., beit hann höndina af, bit the hand off;
    fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off;
    3) of, among;
    hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum, the most promising of the young men;
    4) with;
    hláða, (ferma) skip af e-u, to load (freight) a ship with;
    fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring;
    5) of (= ór which is more frequent);
    húsit var gert af timbr stokkum, was built of trunks of trees;
    6) fig., eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him;
    hvat hefir þú gert af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar?;
    7) denoting parentage, descent, origin;
    ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, are descended from them;
    kominn af Trójumönnum, descended from the Trojans;
    8) by, of (after passive);
    ek em sendr hingat af Starkaði, sent hither by;
    ástsæll af landsmónnum, beloved of;
    9) on account of, by reason of, by;
    úbygðr at frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold;
    ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds;
    af ástæld hans, by his popularity;
    af því, therefore;
    af hví, wherefor why;
    af því at, because;
    10) by means of, by;
    framfœra e-n af verkum sínum, by means of his own labour;
    af sínu fé, by one’s own means;
    absol., hann fekk af hina mestu sœmd, derived great honour from it;
    11) with adjectives, in regard to;
    mildr af fé, liberal of money;
    góðr af griðum, merciful;
    12) used absol. with a verb, off away;
    hann bað hann þá róa af fjörðinn, to row the firth off;
    ok er þeir höfðu af fjörðung, when they had covered one forth of the way;
    sofa af nóttina, to sleep the night away.
    * * *
    prep. often used elliptically by dropping the case, or even merely adverbially, [Ulf. af; A. S. and Engl. of, off; Hel. ab; Germ. ab; Gr. άπό; Lat. a, ab.] With dat. denoting a motion a loco; one of the three prepp. af, ór, frá, corresponding to those in locoá, í, við, and ad locumá, í, at. It in general corresponds to the prepp. in locoá, or in locum til, whilst ór answers more to í; but it also frequently corresponds to yfir, um or í. It ranges between ór and frá, generally denoting the idea from the surface of, while ór means from the inner part, and frá from the outer part or border. The motion from a hill, plain, open place is thus denoted by af; by ór that from an enclosed space, depth, cavity, thus af fjalli, but ór of a valley, dale; af Englandi, but ór Danmörk, as mörk implies the notion of a deep wood, forest. The wind blows af landi, but a ship sets sail frá landi; frá landi also means a distance from: af hendi, of a glove, ring; ór hendi, of whatever has been kept in the hand (correl. to á hendi and í hendi). On the other hand af is more general, whilst frá and ór are of a more special character; frá denoting a departure, ór an impulse or force; a member goes home af þingi, whereas ór may denote an inmate of a district, or convey the notion of secession or exclusion from, Eb. 105 new Ed.; the traveller goes af landi, the exile ór landi: taka e-t af e-m is to take a thing out of one’s hand, that of taka frá e-m to remove out of one’s sight, etc. In general af answers to Engl. of, off, ór to out of, and frá to from: the Lat. prepp. ab, de, and ex do not exactly correspond to the Icelandic, yet as a rule ór may answer to ex, af sometimes to ab, sometimes to de. Of, off, from among; with, by; on account of by means of, because of concerning, in respect of.
    A. Loc.
    I. With motion, off, from:
    1. prop. corresp. to á,
    α. konungr dró gullhring af hendi sér (but á hendi), Ld. 32; Höskuldr lætr bera farm af skipi, unload the ship (but bera farm á skip), id.; var tekit af hestum þeirra, they were unsaddled, Nj. 4; Gunnarr hafði farit heiman af bæ sínum, he was away from home, 82; Gunnarr hljóp af hesti sínum, jumped off his horse (but hl. á hest), 83; hlaupa, stökkva af baki, id., 112, 264 ; Gunnarr skýtr til hans af boganum, from the bow, where af has a slight notion of instrumentality, 96; flýja af fundinum, to fly from off the battle-field, 102; ríða af Þríhyrningshálsum, 206; út af Langaholti, Eg. 744 ; sunnan ór Danmörk ok af Saxlandi, 560; ganga af mótinu, to go from the meeting, Fms. vii. 130; af þeirra fundi reis María upp ok fór, 625. 85 ; Flosi kastaði af ser skikkjunni, threw his cloak off him (but kasta á sik),Nj. 176; taka Hrungnis fót af honum, of a load, burden, Edda 58; land þat er hann fiskði af, from which he set off to fish, Grág. i. 151, is irregular, frá would suit better; slíta af baki e-s, from off one’s back, ii. 9 ; bera af borði, to clear the table, Nj. 75.
    β. where it more nearly answers to í; þeir koma af hafi, of sailors coming in (but leggja í haf), Nj. 128 ; fara til Noregs af Orkneyjum (but í or til O.), 131; þeim Agli fórst vel ok komu af hafi i Borgarfjörð, Eg. 392 ; hann var útlagi ( outlawed) af Noregi, where ór would be more regular, 344; af Islandi, of a traveller, Fms. x. 3; búa her af báðum ríkjunum, to take a levy from, 51; hinir beztu bændr ór Norðlendingafjórðungi ok af Sunnlendingafjórðungi, the most eminent Southerners and Northerners, 113; Gizzurr gékk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from south-west, Sturl. ii. 219; prestar af hvárutveggja biskupsdæmi, from either diocess, Dipl. ii. 11; verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world, 623. 21; gruflar hon af læknum, scrambles out of the brook, Ísl. ii. 340; Egill kneyfði af horninu í einum drykk, drained off the horn at one draught, literally squeezed every drop out of it, Eg. 557; brottuaf herbúðunurn, Fms. x. 343.
    γ. of things more or less surrounding the subject, corresp. to yfir or um; láta þeir þegar af sér tjöldin, break off, take down the tents in preparing for battle, Eg. 261; kyrtillinn rifnaði af honum, his coat burst, caused by the swollen body, 602; hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he untied his shoes (but binda á sik), 716; Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off, of one clinging to one’s body, 747; tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms, Fms. vii. 39. Of putting off clothes; fara af kápu, Nj. 143; far þú eigi af brynjunni, Bs. i. 541; þá ætlaði Sigurðr at fara af brynjunni, id.; þá var Skarphéðinn flettr af klæðunum, Nj. 209: now more usually fara or klæðum, fötum, exuere, to undress.
    δ. connected with út; föstudaginn for út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town, Nj. 274; ganga út af kirkjunni, to go out of the church, now út úr, Fms. vii. 107: drekki hann af þeirri jörðunni, of something impregnated with the earth, Laekn. 402.
    ε. more closely corresponding to frá, being in such cases a Latinism (now frá); bréf af páfa, a pope’s bull, Fms. x. 6; rit af hánum, letter from him, 623. 52; bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus, Bs. i. 712; farið þér á brautu af mér í eilífan eld, Hom. 143; brott af drottins augliti, Stj. 43.
    ζ. denoting an uninterrupted continuity, in such phrases as land aflandi, from land to land, Eg. 343, Fas. ii. 539; skip af skipl. from ship to ship, Fms. v. 10; brann hvat af öðru, one after another, of an increasing fire, destroying everything, i. 128; brandr af brandi brenn, funi kveykist af funa, one from another, Hm. 56; hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession, also hverr at öðrum, Eb. 272, 280 (where at in both passages).
    2. metaph., at ganga af e-m dauðum, to go from, leave one dead on the spot, of two combatants; en hann segiz bani hins ef hann gekk af dauðum manni, Grág. ii. 88, Hkr. 1. 327; undr þykir mér er bróðir þinn vildi eigi taka af þér starf þetta, would not take this toil from thee, Nj. 77; þegnar hans glöddust af honum, were fain of him, Fms. x. 380; at koma þeim manni af sér er settr var á fé hans, to get rid of, Ld. 52; vil ek þú vinriir af þér skuldina, work off the debt, Njarð. 366; reka af sér, to repel, Sturl. ii. 219; hann á þá sonu er aldri munu af oss ganga, who will never leave us, whom we shall never get rid of, Fas. i. 280; leysa e-n af e-u, to relieve, 64; taka e-n af lífi, to kill, Eg. 48, 416, Nj. 126; af lífdögum, Fms. vii. 204; ek mun ná lögum af því máli, get the benefit of the law in this case, Eg. 468; muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand, 414; rísa af dauða, to rise from death, Fms. ii. 142; guð bætti honum þó af þessi sótt, healed him of this sickness, ix. 390; vakna af sýn, draumi, svefni, to awaken from a vision, dream, sleep, 655 xxxii. I, Gísl. 24, Eb. 192, Fas. i. 41. Rather with the notion out of, in the phrase af sér etc., e. g. sýna e-t af scr, to shew, exhibit a disposition for or against, Ld. 18; gera mikit af sér, to shew great prowess, Ísl. ii. 368; éf þú gerir eigi meira af þér um aðra leika, unless you make more of thyself, Edda 32; Svipdagr hafði mikit af sér gert, fought bravely, Fas. i. 41; góðr (illr) af sér, good ( bad) of oneself, by nature; mikill af sjálfum sér, proud, bold, stout, Nj. 15; ágætastr maðr af sjálfum sér, the greatest hero, Bret.: góðr af ser, excellent, Hrafn. 7; but, on the contrary, af sér kominn, ruinous, in decay; this phrase is used of old houses or buildings, as in Bs. i. 488 = Sturl. l. c.; af sér kominn af mæði can also be said of a man fallen off from what he used to be; kominn af fotum fram, off his legs from age, Sturl. i. 223, Korm. 154 (in a verse).
    II. WITHOUT MOTION:
    1. denoting direction from, but at the same time continuous connection with an object from which an act or thing proceeds, from; tengja skip hvárt fram af stafni annars, to tie the ships in a line, stem to stern, Fms. i. 157, xi. 111; svá at þeir tóku út af borðum, jutted out of the boards, of rafters or poles, iv. 49; stjarna ok af sem skaft, of a comet, ix. 482; lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse, Grág. ii. 264; hon svarar af sínu sæti sem álpt af baru, Fás. i. 186; þar er sjá mátti utau af firði, af þjóðleið, that might be seen from the fareway on the sea when sailing in the firth, Hkr. ii. 64; þá mun hringt af (better at) Burakirkju, of bells rung at the church, Fms. xi. 160; gengr þar af Meðalfellsströnd, projects from, juts out, of a promontory, Ld. 10.
    2. denoting direction alone; upp af víkinni stóð borg mikil, a burg inland from the inlet, Eg. 161; lokrekkja innar af seti, a shut bed inward from the benches in the hall, Ísl. ii. 262; kapella upp af konungs herbergjum, upwards from, Fms. x. 153; vindr stóð af landi, the wind stood off the land, Bárð. 166.
    β. metaph., stauda af e-u, vide VI. 4.
    γ. ellipt., hallaði af norðr, of the channel, north of a spot, Boll. 348; also, austr af, suðr af, vestr af, etc.
    3. denoting absence; þingheyendr skulu eigi vera um nótt af þingi ( away from the meeting), eðr lengr, þá eru þeir af þingi ( away from (be meeting) ef þeir eru or ( out of) þingmarki, Grág. i. 25; vera um nótt af várþingi, 115; meðan hann er af landi héðan, abroad, 150.
    β. metaph., gud hvíldi af öllum verkum sínum á sjaunda degi, rested from his labours, Ver. 3.
    4. denoting distance; þat er komit af þjóðleið, out of the high road, remote, Eg. 369; af þjóðbraut, Grág. ii. 264, i. 15; Otradalr (a farm) var mjök af vegi, far out of the way, Háv. 53.
    B. TEMP, past, from, out of, beyond:
    1. of a person’s age, in the sense of having past a period of life; af ómaga aldri, of age, able to support oneself, Grág. i. 243; af aeskualdri, stricken in years, having past the prime of life, Eg. 202; lítið af barnsaldri, still a child, Ld. 74; ek em nú af léttasia skeiði, no longer in the prime of life, Háv. 40.
    2. of a part or period of time, past; eigi síðar en nótt er af þingi, a night of the session past, Grág. i. 101; þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, seven weeks past of the summer, 182; tíu vikur af sumri, Íb. 10; var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past, Háv. 41; mikið af vetri, much of the winter was past, Fas. ii. 186; þriðjungr af nótt, a third of the night past, Fms. x. 160; stund af degi, etc.; tveir mánoðr af sumri, Gþl. 103.
    3. in adverbial phrases such as, af stundu, soon; af bragði, at once; af tómi, at leisure, at ease; af nýju, again; af skyndingu, speedily; af bráðungu, in a hurry, etc.
    C. In various other relations:
    I. denoting the passage or transition of an object, concrete or abstract, of, from.
    1. where a thing is received, derived from, conferred by a person or object; þiggja lið af e-m, to derive help from, Edda 26; taka traust af e-m, to receive support, comfort from, Fms. xi. 243; taka mála af e-m, to be in one’s pay, of a soldier, Eg. 266; halda land af e-m, to hold land of any one, 282; verða viss af e-m, to get information from, 57, Nj. 130; taka við sök af manni (a law term), to undertake a case, suit, Grág. i. 142; hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy, ii. 374; vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of, Vd. 88 (old Ed., the new reads frá), Fs. 45; afla matar af eyjum, to derive supplies from, Eb. 12.
    2. where an object is taken by force:
    α. prop. out of a person’s hand; þú skalt hnykkja smíðit af honum, wrest it out of his hand, Nj. 32; cp. taka, þrífa, svipta e-u (e-t) af e-m, to wrest from.
    β. metaph. of a person’s deprival of anything in general; hann tók af þér konuna, carried thy wife off, Nj. 33; tók Gunnarr af þér sáðland þitt, robbed thee of seedland, 103; taka af honum tignina, to depose, degrade him, Eg. 271; vinna e-t af e-m, to carry off by force of arms, conquer, Fms. iii. 29; drepa menn af e-m, for one, slay one’s man, Eg. 417; fell þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s people fell there, 261.
    γ. in such phrases as, hyggja af e-u (v. afhuga), hugsa af e-u, to forget; hyggja af harmi; sjá af e-u, to lose, miss; var svá ástúðigt með þeim, at livargi þóttist mega af öðrum sjá, neither of them could take his eyes off the other, Sturl. i. 194; svá er mörg við ver sinn vær, at varla um sér hon af hoiuun nær, Skálda 163.
    3. denoting forfeiture; þá eru þeir útlagir, ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their priesthood, Grág. i. 24; telja hann af ráðunum fjár síns alls, to oust one, on account of idiocy or madness, 176; verða af kaupi, to be off the bargain, Edda 26; þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim, Nj. 15; ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to forfeit, a case of divorce, id.; ella er hann af rettarfari um hana, has forfeited the suit, Grág. i. 381.
    β. ellipt., af ferr eindagi ef, is forfeited, Grág. i. 140.
    II. denoting relation of a part to a whole, off, of, Lat. de; höggva hönd, höfuð, fót af e-um, to cut one’s hand, head, foot off, Nj. 97, 92, Bs. i. 674; höggva spjót af skapti, to sever the blade from the shaft, 264; hann lét þá ekki hafa af föðurarfi sínum, nothing of their patrimony, Eg. 25; vil ek at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, take what you like of the stores, Nj. 4; at þú eignist slíkt af fé okkru sem þú vili, 94.
    β. ellipt., en nú höfum vér kjörit, en þat er af krossinum, a slice of, Fms. vii. 89; Þórðr gaf Skólm frænda sínum af landnámi sínu, a part of, Landn. 211; hafði hann þat af hans eigu er hann vildi, Sturl. ii. 169; þar lá forkr einn ok brotið af endanum, the point broken off, Háv. 24, Sturl. i. 169.
    γ. absol. off; beit hann höndina af, þar sem nú heitir úlfliðr, bit the hand off, Edda 17; fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off, Nj. 97; jafnt er sem þér synist, af er fótrinn, the foot is off, id.; af bæði eyru, both ears off, Vm. 29.
    2. with the notion ofamong; mestr skörungr af konum á Norðrlöndum, the greatest heroine in the North, Fms. i. 116; hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum í Austfjörðum, the most hopeful of youths in the Eastfirths, Njarð. 364; af ( among) öllurn hirðmönnuni virði konungr mest skáld sín, Eg. 27; ef hann vildi nokkura kaupa af þessum konum, Ld. 30; ör liggr þar útiá vegginum, ok er sú af þeirra örum, one of their own arrows, Nj. 115.
    β. from, among, belonging to; guð kaus hana af ollum konum sér til móður, of the Virgin Mary, Mar. A. i. 27.
    γ. metaph., kunna mikit (lítið) af e-u, to know much, little of, Bragi kann mest af skáldskap, is more cunning of poetry than any one else, Edda 17.
    δ. absol. out of, before, in preference to all others; Gunnarr bauð þér góð boð, en þú vildir eingi af taka, you would choose none of them, Nj. 77; ráða e-t af, to decide; þó mun faðir minn mestu af ráða, all depends upon him, Ld. 22; konungr kveðst því mundu heldr af trúa, preferred believing that of the two, Eg. 55; var honum ekki vildara af ván, he could expect nothing better, 364.
    3. with the additional sense of instrumentality, with; ferma skip af e-u, to freight a ship with, Eg. 364; hlaða mörg skip af korni, load many ships with corn, Fms. xi. 8; klyfja tvá hesta af mat, Nj. 74; var vágrinn skipaðr af herskipum, the bay was covered with war ships, 124; fylla ker af glóðum, fill it with embers, Stj. 319; fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring, Ver. 3.
    III. denoting the substance of which a thing is made, of; used indifferently with ór, though ór be more frequent; þeir gerðu af honum jörðina, af blóði hans sæinn ok vötnin, of the creation of the world from the corpse of the giant Ymir; the poem Gm. 40, 41, constantly uses ór in this sense, just as in modern Icelandic, Edda 5; svá skildu þeir, at allir hlutir væri smíðaðir af nokkru efni, 147 (pref.); húsit var gert af timbrstokkum, built of trunks of timber, Eg. 233; hjöhin vóru af gulli, of gold, golden, Fms. i. 17; af osti, of cheese, but in the verse 1. c. ór osti, Fms. vi. 253; línklæði af lérepti, linen, Sks. 287.
    2. metaph. in the phrases, göra e-t af e-n ( to dispose of), verða af ( become of), hvat hefir þú gört af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar? Njarð. 376; hvat af motrinuni er orðit, what has become of it? of a lost thing, Ld. 208; hverfr Óspakr á burt, svá eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him? Band. 5.
    IV. denoting parentage, descent, origin, domicile, abode:
    1. parentage, of, from, used indifferently with frá; ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, descend from them, but a little below—frá honum eru konmir Sturlungar, Eb. 338, cp. afkvæmi; af ætt Hörðakára, Fms. i. 287; kominn af Trojumönnum, xi. 416; af Ása-ætt (Kb. wrongly at), Edda I.
    β. metaph., vera af Guði (theol.), of God, = righteous, 686 B. 9; illr ávöxtr af íllri rót, Fms. ii. 48; Asia er kölluð af nafni nokkurar konu, derives her name from, Stj. 67; af honum er bragr kallaðr skáldskapr, called after his name, Edda 17.
    2. of domicile; af danskri tungu, of Danish or Scandinavian origin, speaking the Danish tongue, Grág. ii. 73; hvaðan af löndum, whence, native of what country? Ísl.
    β. especially denoting a man’s abode, and answering to á and í, the name of the farm (or country) being added to proper names, (as in Scotland,) to distinguish persons of the same name; Hallr af Síðu, Nj. 189; Erlingr af Straumey, 273; Ástríðr af Djúpárbakka, 39; Gunnarr af Hlíðarenda (more usual frá); þorir haklangr konungr af Ögðum, king of Agdir, Eg. 35, etc.; cp. ór and frá.
    V. denoting a person with whom an act, feeling, etc. originates, for the most part with a periphrastic passive:
    1. by, the Old Engl. of; as, ek em sendr hingað af Starkaði ok sonum hans, sent hither by, Nj. 94; inna e-t af hendi, to perform, 257; þó at alþýða væri skírð af kennimönnum, baptized of, Fms. ii. 158; meira virðr af mönnum, higher esteemed, Ld. 158; ástsæll af landsmönnum, beloved, íb. 16; vinsæll af mönnum, Nj. 102; í allgóðu yfirlæti af þeim feðgum, hospitably treated by them, Eg. 170; var þá nokkut drukkið af alþjóð, there was somewhat hard drinking of the people, Sturl. iii. 229; mun þat ekki upp tekið af þeim sükudólgum mínum, they will not clutch at that, Nj. 257; ef svá væri í hendr þér búit af mér, if í had so made everything ready to thy hands, Ld. 130; þá varð fárætt um af föður hans, his father said little about it, Fms. ii. 154.
    2. it is now also sometimes used as a periphrase of a nom., e. g. ritað, þýtt af e-m, written, translated, edited by, but such phrases scarcely occur in old writers.
    VI. denoting cause, ground, reason:
    1. originating from, on account of, by reason of; af frændsemis sökum, for kinship’s sake, Grág. ii. 72; ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds, 27; af manna völdum, by violence, not by natural accident, of a crime, Nj. 76; af fortölum Halls, through his pleading, 255; af ástsæld hans ok af tölum þeirra Sæmundar, by his popularity and the eloquence of S., Íb. 16; af ráðum Haralds konungs, by his contriving, Landn. 157; úbygðr af frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold, Hkr. i. 5.
    β. adverbially, af því, therefore, Nj. 78; af hví, why? 686 B. 9; þá verðr bóndi heiðinn af barni sínu, viz. if he does not cause his child to be christened, K. Þ. K. 20.
    2. denoting instrumentality, by means of; af sinu fé, by one’s own means, Grág. i. 293; framfæra e-n af verkum sinum, by means of one’s own labour, K. Þ. K. 142; draga saman auð af sökum, ok vælum ok kaupum, make money by, 623. I; af sínum kostnaði, at hi s own expense, Hkr. i. 217.
    β. absol., hún fellir á mik dropa svá heita at ek brenn af öll, Ld. 328; hann fékk af hina mestu sæmd, derived great honotur from it, Nj. 88; elli sótti á hendr honum svá at hann lagðist í rekkju af, he grew bedridden from age, Ld. 54; komast undan af hlaupi, escape by running, Fms. viii. 58; spinna garn af rokki, spin off a wheel (now, spinna á rokk), from a notion of instrumentality, or because of the thread being spun out (?), Eb. 92.
    3. denoting proceeding, originating from; lýsti af höndum hennar, her hands spread beams of light, Edda 22; allir heimar lýstust ( were illuminated) af henni, id.; en er lýsti af degi, when the day broke forth, Fms. ii. 16; lítt var lýst af degi, the day was just beginning to break, Ld. 46; þá tók at myrkja af nótt, the ‘mirk-time’ of night began to set in, Eg. 230; tók þá brátt at myrkva af nótt, the night grew dark, Hkr. ii. 230.
    4. metaph., standa, leiða, hljótast af, to be caused by, result from; opt hlýtst íllt af kvenna hjali, great mischief is wrought by women’s gossip (a proverb), Gísl. 15, 98; at af þeim mundi mikit mein ok úhapp standa, be caused by, Edda 18; kenna kulda af ráðum e-s, to feel sore from, Eb. 42; þó mun her hljótast af margs manns bani, Nj, 90.
    5. in adverbial phrases, denoting state of mind; af mikilli æði, in fury, Nj. 116; af móð, in great emotion, Fms. xi. 221; af áhyggju, with concern, i. 186; af létta, frankly, iii. 91; af viti, collectedly, Grág. ii. 27; af heilu, sincerely, Eg. 46; áf fári, in rage; af æðru, timidly, Nj. (in a verse); af setning, composedly, in tune, Fms. iii. 187; af mikilli frægð, gallantly, Fas. i. 261; af öllu afli, with all might, Grág. ii. 41; af riki, violently, Fbr. (in a verse); af trúnaði, confidently, Grág. i. 400.
    VII. denoting regard to, of, concerning, in respect of, as regards:
    1. with verbs, denoting to tell of, be informed, inquire about, Lat. de; Dioscorides segir af grasi því, speaks of, 655 xxx. 5; er menn spurðu af landinu, inquired about it, Landn. 30; halda njósn af e-u, Nj. 104; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, Eg. 546, Band. 8.
    β. absol., hann mun spyrja, hvárt þér sé nokkut af kunnigt hversu for með okkr, whether you know anything about, how, Nj. 33; halda skóla af, to hold a school in a science, 656 A. i. 19 (sounds like a Latinism); en ek gerða þik sera mestan mann af öllu, in respect of all, that you should get all the honour of it, Nj. 78.
    2. with adjectives such as mildr, illr, góðrafe-u, denoting disposition or character in respect to; alira manna mildastr af fo, very liberal, often-banded, Fms. vii. 197; mildr af gulli, i. 33; góðr af griðum, merciful, Al. 33; íllr af mat en mildr af gulli, Fms. i. 53; fastr af drykk, close, stingy in regard to, Sturl. ii. 125; gat þess Hildigunnr at þú mundir góðr af hestinum, that you would be good about the horse, Nj. 90, cp. auðigr at, v. at, which corresponds to the above phrases; cp. also the phrase af sér above, p. 4, col. I, ll. 50 sqq.
    VIII. periphrasis of a genitive (rare); provincialis af öllum Predikaraklaustrum, Fms. x. 76; vera af hinum mesta fjandskap, to breathe deep hatred to, be on bad terms with, ix. 220; af hendi, af hálfu e-s, on one’s behalf, v. those words.
    IX. in adverbial phrases; as, af launungu, secretly; af hljóði, silently; v. those words.
    β. also used absolutely with a verb, almost adverbially, nearly in the signification off, away; hann bað þá róa af fjörðinn, pass the firth swiftly by rowing, row the firth off, Fms. ix. 502; var pá af farit þat seni skerjóttast var, was past, sailed past, Ld. 142; ok er þeir höfðu af fjórðung, past one fourth of the way, Dropl. 10: skína af, to clear up, of the skv, Eb. 152; hence in common language, skína af sér, when the sun breaks forth: sofa af nóttina, to sleep it away, Fms. ii. 98; leið af nóttin, the night past away, Nj. 53; dvelja af stundir, to kill the time, Band. 8; drepa af, to kill; láta af, to slaughter, kill off;
    γ. in exclamations; af tjöldin, off with the awnings, Bs. i. 420, Fins, ix. 49.
    δ. in the phrases, þar af, thence; hér af, hence, Fms. ii. 102; af fram, straight on, Nj. 144; now, á fram, on, advance.
    X. it often refers to a whole sentence or to an adverb, not only like other prepp. to hér, hvar, þar, but also redundantly to hvaðan, héðan, þaðan, whence, hence, thence.
    2. the preposition may sometimes be repeated, once elliptically or adverbially, and once properly, e. g. en er af var borit at borðinu, the cloth was taken off from the table, Nj. 176; Guð þerrir af (off, away) hvert tár af ( from) augum heilagra manna, God wipes off every tear from the eyes of his saints, 655 xx. vii. 17; skal þó fyrst bætr af lúka af fé vegaiula, pay off, from, Gþl. 160, the last af may be omitted—var þá af borið borðinu—and the prep. thus be separated from its case, or it may refer to some of the indecl. relatives er or sem, the prep. hvar, hér, þar being placed behind them without a case, and referring to the preceding relative, e. g. oss er þar mikit af sagt auð þeim, we have been told much about these riches, Band. 24; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, in short, shortly. Eg. 546; þaðan af veit ek, thence í infer, know, Fms. i. 97.
    XI. it is moreover connected with a great many verbs besides those mentioned above, e. g. bera af, to excel, whence afbragð, afbrigði; draga af, to detract, deduct, hence afdráttr; veita ekki af, to be hard with; ganga at, to be left, hence afgangr; standast af um e-t, to stand, how matters stand; sem af tekr, at a furious rate; vita af, to be conscious, know about (vide VII).
    D. As a prefix to compounds distinction is to be made between:
    I. af privativum, denoting diminution, want, deduction, loss, separation, negation of, etc., answering indifferently to Lat. ab-, de-, ex-, dis-, and rarely to re- and se-, v. the following COMPDS, such as segja, dicere, but afsegja, negare; rækja, colere, but afrækja, negligere; aflaga, contra legem; skapligr, normalis, afskapligr, deformis; afvik, recessus; afhús, afhellir, afdalr, etc.
    II. af intensivum, etymologically different, and akin to of, afr-, e. g. afdrykkja = ofdrykkja, inebrietas; afbrýði, jealously; afbendi, tenesmus; afglapi, vir fatuus, etc. etc. Both the privative and the intensive af may be contracted into á, esp. before a labial f, m, v, e. g. á fram = af fram; ábrýði = afbrýði; ávöxtr = afvöxtr; áburðr = afburðr; ávíta = afvíta (?). In some cases dubious. With extenuated and changed vowel; auvirðiligr or övirðiligr, depreciated, = afv- etc., v. those words.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AF

  • 9 Á

    * * *
    a negative suffix to verbs, not;
    era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.
    * * *
    1.
    á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]
    With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.
    WITH DAT.
    A. Loc.
    I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.
    II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.
    2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).
    3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.
    4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.
    III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).
    B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:
    I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.
    II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.
    III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.
    IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.
    C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:
    I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.
    2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.
    3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.
    II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.
    III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.
    IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’
    2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.
    V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.
    VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.
    VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.
    VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.
    WITH ACC.
    A. Loc.
    I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.
    2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.
    3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.
    II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:
    1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.
    2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.
    III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.
    IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.
    V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.
    VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.
    VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.
    B. TEMP.
    I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.
    II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.
    III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.
    IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.
    V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.
    VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.
    VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.
    C. Metaph. and in various relations:
    I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.
    β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.
    II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:
    1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.
    2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.
    3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.
    β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.
    III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.
    IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:
    1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.
    2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.
    3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.
    V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.
    VI. connected with nouns,
    1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.
    2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.
    3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.
    VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.
    2.
    f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.
    COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > Á

  • 10 BÚA

    (bý; bjó, bjoggum or bjuggum; búinn), v.
    1) to prepare, make ready;
    búa mál á hendr e-m, to take out a summons against one, be in a lawsuit;
    2) to dress, attire, adorn, ornament;
    bjó hón hana sem hón kunni bezt, she dressed her as well as she could;
    sá þeir konur vel búnar, well dressed;
    búa beð, rekkju, to make a bed;
    búa öndvegi, hús, to make a high seat, adorn a house (for a feast);
    öll umgjörðin var búin gulli ok silfri, adorned (mounted) with gold and silver;
    vápn búit mjök, much ornamented;
    3) to fix one’s abode in a place, = byggja( þegar munu jötnar Ásgarð búa);
    4) to deal with, to treat;
    þeir bjuggu búi sem þeim líkaði, they treated it as they liked, viz. recklessly;
    Haraldr bjó heldr úsparliga kornum Sveins, used S.’s stores rather unsparingly;
    5) to live, dwell (búa í tjöldum);
    þeir bjuggu þar um nóttina, they stayed there during the night;
    sá maðr bjó á skipi (had his berth) næst Haraldi;
    6) to have a household (cattle, sheep, and milk);
    meðan þú vilt búa, as long as thou will keep house;
    búa á or at, with the name of the place added in dat., to live at or in (hann bjó á Velli; Gunnar bjó at Hlíðarenda);
    búa í skapi, brjósti e-m, to be, dwell in one’s mind (eigi býr þér lítit í skapi);
    sýnandi þá hjartaliga gleði, er í brjósti býr, that fills the breast;
    8) to behave, conduct onself (bjuggu þeir þar fremr úfriðliga);
    9) with preps.:
    búa af e-u, to lose;
    láta e-n af baugum búa, to let him be deprived of his riches;
    búa at e-u, to treat, = búa e-u (cf. 4);
    þeir höfðu spurt hvern veg Þórólfr hafði búit at herbergjum þeirra, how Th. had treated their premises;
    búa e-t fyrir, to prepare (þeir hlutir, er guð hefir fyrir búit sínum ástvinum);
    búa fyrir, to be present (hann ætlar, at Selþórir muni fyrir búa í hverju holti);
    búa hjá konu, to lie with a woman;
    búa í e-u, to be at the bottom of, = búa undir e-u (en í þessu vináttumerki bjuggu enn fleiri hlutir);
    búa með e-m or e-rri, to cohabit with;
    búa með konu, to lie with;
    búa saman, to live together (as husband and wife, as friends); to have a common household (ef menn búa saman);
    búa e-t til, to prepare, take the preparatory steps in a case (búa sök, mál, vígsmál til, cf. 1);
    búa til veizlu, to prepare for a feast;
    búa um e-n, to make one’s bed (var búit um þá Þórodd á seti ok lögðust þeir til svefns);
    Þórólfr lét setja upp skip sitt ok um búa, he had his ship laid up and fenced round;
    kváðu nú Guðrúnu eiga at búa um rauða skör Bolla, said that G. would have to dress B.’s (her husband’s) bloody head;
    búa um andvirki, to fence and thatch hayricks;
    at búa svá um, at aldri mátti vökna, to pack it up so that it could not get wet;
    búa svá um, at (with subj.), to arrange it so, that;
    búa eigi um heilt við e-n, to be plotting something against one;
    búa um nökkurn skoll, to brood over some mischief (deceit);
    búa um grun, to be suspicious;
    búa um hverfan hug, to be fickleminded;
    gott er um öruggt at búa, to be in a safe position;
    búa undir e-u, to be subject to, suffer, endure (hart mun þykkja undir at búa);
    eiga undir slíkum ofsa at búa, to have to put up with such insolence; to be the (hidden) reason of, to be at the bottom of (þat bjó þar undir, at hann vildi taka ríkit undir sik);
    þér vitið gørst, hvat yðr býr undir (what reason you have) at girnast eina útlenda mey;
    sárt býr þú nú við mik, Þóra, thou treatest me sorely;
    búa við e-t, to enjoy (þú býr við eilífa ást ok bíðr eilífra ömbuna); to submit to, put up with;
    ok mun eigi við þat mega búa, it will be too hard to bide;
    búa yfir e-u, to hide, conceal;
    framhlutr ormsins býr yfir eitri, is venomous;
    lítill búkr býr yfir miklu viti, little body holds mickle wit;
    búa yfir brögðum, flærð ok vélum, to brood over tricks, falsehood, and deceit;
    10) refl., búast.
    * * *
    pret. sing. bjó, 2nd pers. bjótt, mod. bjóst; plur. bjoggu, bjöggu, and mod. bjuggu, or even buggu; sup. búit, búið, and (rarely) contr. búð; part. búinn; pret. subj. bjöggi, mod. byggi or bjyggi; pres. sing. indic. bý; pl. búm, mod. búum: reflex. forms býsk or býst, bjósk or bjóst, bjöggusk, búisk, etc.: poët. forms with suffixed negative bjó-at, Skv. 3. 39: an obsolete pret. bjoggi = bjó, Fms. ix. 440 (in a verse); bjöggisk = bjósk, Hom. 118. [Búa is originally a reduplicated and contracted verb answering to Goth. búan, of which the pret. may have been baibau: by bûan Ulf. renders Gr. οικειν, κατοικειν; Hel. bûan = habitare; Germ. bauen; Swed. and Dan. bo. The Icel. distinguishes between the strong neut. and originally redupl. verb búa, and the transit. and weak byggja, q. v.: búa seems to be kindred to Gr. φύω, εφυσα (cp. Sansk. bhû, bhavâmi, Lat. fui); byggja to Lat. făcio, cp. Swed.-Dan. bygga, Scot. and North. E. to ‘big,’ i. e. to build; cp. Lat. aedificare, nidificare: again, the coincidence in sense with the Gr. οικος, οικειν, Lat. vicus, is no less striking, cp. the references s. v. bú above. Búa, as a root word, is one of the most interesting words in the Scandin. tongues; bú, bær, bygg, bygð, byggja, etc., all belong to this family: it survives in the North. E. word to ‘big,’ in the Germ. bauen ( to till), and possibly (v. above) in the auxiliary verb ‘to be.’]
    A. NEUTER, to live, abide, dwell, = Gr. οικειν, Lat. habitare; sú synd sem í mér býr, Rom. vii. 17, 20; í mér, þat er í mínu holdi, býr ekki gott, 18; hann sem býr í ljósinu, 1 Tim. vi. 16; fyrir Heilagan Anda sem í oss býr, 2 Tim. i. 14; Látið Christs orð ríkulega búa meðal yðar, Col. iii. 16; þá trú … sem áðr fyr bjó í þinni ömmu Loide, 2 Tim. i. 5; þat hit góða sem í oss býr, 14; hann sem býr í ljósinu, þar einginn kann til að komast, 1 Tim. vi. 16; hence íbúð, living in, etc.; in many of those passages some Edd. of N. T. use byggja, but búa suits better: of a temporary abode, hann bjó í tjöldum, he abode in tents, Fms. x. 413.
    2. a naut. term; þeir bjuggu þar um nóttina, they stayed, cast anchor during the night, Fms. vii. 3: on board ship, to have one’s berth, sá maðr bjó á skipi næst Haraldi er hét Loðinn, 166; engi maðr skyldi búa á þessu skipi yngri en tvítugr, x. 321.
    3. to live together as man and wife; henni hagar að b. við hann, 1 Cor. vii. 12; hagar honum hjá henni að b., 13; b. með húsfrú sinni, Stj. 47; b. við; Helgi prestr bjó við konu þá, er Þórdís hét (of concubinage), Sturl. i. 141; but búa saman, of wedded life, K. Á. 134.
    4. b. fyrir, to be present in the place: at Selþórir muni fyrir b. í hverju holti, Fms. iv. 260: recipr., sjór ok skúgr bjoggusk í grend, Skálda 202, Baruch.
    5. esp. (v. bú) to have a household, cattle, sheep, and milk; hence búandi, bóndi, bær, and bú; búa við málnytu ( milk), ok hafa kýr ok ær at búi, Nj. 236, Grág. i. 168, 335; b. búi (dat.), 153, K. Þ. K. 90; búa búi sínu, to ‘big ane’s ain biggin,’ have one’s own homestead.
    β. absol., meðan þú vilt b., so long as thou wilt keep bouse, Hrafn. 9; b. vel, illa, to be a good (bad) housekeeper; vænt er að kunna vel að búa, Bb. 3. 1; Salomon kóngur kunni að b., 100; fara að b., to begin housekeeping, 2. 6; b. á jörðu, to keep a farm, gefa þeim óðul sín er á bjoggu, Fms. i. 21.
    γ. búa á …, at …, i …, with the name of the place added, to live at or in a place; hann bjó á Velli (the farm) á Rangárvöllum (the county), Nj. 1; Höskuldr bjó á Höskuldstöðum, 2: hann bjó at Varmalæk, 22; hann bjó undir Felli, 16; Gunnarr bjó at Hlíðarenda, 29; Njáll bjó at Bergþórshváli, 30, 38, 147, 162, 164, 173, 174, 213, Landn. 39–41, and in numberless passages; Eb., Ld., Eg., Sturl., Bs., Ísl. ii, etc. (very freq.): also b. í brjósti, skapi, huga e-m, to be, dwell in one’s mind, with the notion of rooted conviction or determination, þess hins mikla áhuga, er þér býr í brjósti, Fms. iv. 80; því er mér hefir lengi í skapi búit, 78; ekki muntu leynask fyrir mér, veit ek hvat í býr skapinu, Lv. 16.
    II. metaph. and with prepp.; b. um e-t, or b. yfir e-u, almost in an uncanny sense, to brood over hidden schemes, designs, resentment, or the like; búa um hverfan hug, to be of a fickle mind, Skv. 3. 39; b. eigi um heilt, to brood over something against one, to be insincere, Fms. xi. 365; b. um skoll, to brood over some deceit, id.; b. um grun, to be suspicious, ii. 87: in good sense, b. um eitt lunderni, to be of one mind, Jb. 17; b. um þrek, hug, to have a bold heart, Lex. Poët.: b. í or undir e-u, to be at the bottom of a thing; en í þessu vináttu merki bjoggu enn fleiri hlutir, Ó. H. 125; mart býr í þokunni (a proverb), many things bide in the mist; en þat b. mest undir ferð Áka, at …, Fms. xi. 45; þóttusk eigi vita hvat undir myndi b., Nj. 62: b. yfir e-u, to brood over something, conceal; (ormrinn) bjó yfir eitri, i. e. the snake was venomous, Fms. vi. 351: the saying, lítill búkr býr yfir miklu viti, little bulk hides mickle wit, Al.; b. yfir flærð ok vélum, to brood over falsehood and deceit, id.; b. yfir brögðum, Fas. i. 290: b. undir, við e-t, to live under or with a thing, to bide, put up with; eiga undir slíkum ofsa at b., to have to put up with such insolence, Fms. xi. 248; at hart mun þykkja undir at b., Nj. 90, 101; ok mun eigi við þat mega b., i. e. it will be too hard to bide, 164; því at bændr máttu eigi við hitt b., Fms. xi. 224.
    III. in a half active sense; b. at e-u, or b. e-u (with dat.), to treat; þeir höfðu spurt hvern veg Þórólfr hafði búit at herbergjum þeirra, how Th. had used their premises, Eg. 85; þeir bjoggu búi sem þeim líkaði (where with dat.), i. e. they treated it recklessly, Bs. i. 544; Haraldr jarl fór til bús Sveins, ok bjó þá heldr úspakliga kornum hans, Orkn. 424 (in all passages in bad sense): búa vel saman, to live well together, be friendly, Fms. xi. 312; hence sam-búð, living together; b. við e-n, to treat one so and so; sárt býr þú við mik, Þóra, thou treatest me sorely, vii. 203.
    B. ACTIVE, to make ready: the sense and form here reminds one of the Gr. ποιειν: [this sense is much used in Old Engl., esp. the part. bone, boon, or boun, ready, (‘boun to go,’ Chaucer, etc.); in later Engl. ‘boun’ was corrupted into ‘bound,’ in such naut. phrases as bound for a port, etc.: from this part, the ballad writers formed a fresh verb, to boun, ‘busk ye, boun ye;’ ‘busk’ is a remnant of the old reflex, búask, see Dasent, Burnt Njal, pref. xvi. note, and cp. below III.]
    I. to make ready, ‘boun,’ for a journey; b. ferð, för sína; and as a naut. term, b. skip, to make ready for sea; bjoggu þeir ferð sína, Fms. ix. 453; en er þeir vóru búnir, Nj. 122; ok vóru þá mjök brott búnir, they were ‘boun’ for sea, Fms. vii. 101; bjó hann skip sitt, Nj. 128; en skip er brotið, svá at eigi er í för búanda á því sumri, i. e. ship unfit to go to sea, Grág. i. 92; b. sik til göngu, to be ‘boun’ for a walk, Ld. 46; b. sik at keyra, to make one ready for …, Nj. 91.
    β. as a law term, b. sök, mál, or adding til, b. til sök, mál á hendr e-m, to take out a summons against one, begin a lawsuit; b. mál í dóm, of the preliminaries to a lawsuit, hence málatilbúningr, in numberless cases in the Grágás and Sagas.
    γ. generally to prepare, make; b. smyrsl, to make ointments, Rb. 82.
    2. = Old Engl. to boun, i. e. to dress, equip; b. sik, to dress; svá búinn, so dressed, Fms. xi. 272; hence búningr, dress (freq.); vel búinn, well-dressed, Nj. 3, Ísl. ii. 434; spari-búinn, in holiday dress; illa búinn, ill-dressed; síðan bjó hon hana sem hon kunni, she dressed her as well as she could, Finnb. 258; b. beð, rekkjur, to make a bed, Eg. 236; b. upp hvílur, id., Nj. 168; b. öndvegi, hús, to make a high seat, dress a house for a feast, 175, (hús-búnaðr, hús-búningr, tapestry); búa borð, to dress the table, (borð búnaðr, table-service); b. stofu, Fms. iv. 75.
    β. búa til veizlu, to make ‘boun’ ( prepare) for a feast, Eg. 38, Fms. vii. 307; b. til seyðis, to make the fire ‘boun’ for cooking, Nj. 199; b. til vetrsetu, to make ‘boun’ for a winter abode, Fms. x. 42; til-búa, and fyrir-b., to prepare; eg fer héðan að til-b. yðr stað, John xiv. 3; eignizt það ríki sem yðr var til-búið frá upphafi veraldar, Matth. xxv. 34.
    γ. b. um e-t, in mod. use with the notion of packing up, to make into a bundle, of parcels, letters, etc.; hence um-búningr and um-búðir, a packing, packing-cover; b. um rúm, hvílu, to make a bed; búa um e-n, to make one’s bed; var búið um þá Þórodd í seti, ok lögðusk þeir til svefns, Th.’s bed was made on the benches, and they went to sleep, Ó. H. 153; skaltú nú sjá hvar vit leggumk niðr, ok hversu ek bý um okkr (of the dying Njal), Nj. 701; er mér sagt at hann hafi illa um búit, of a dead body, 51; þeir höfðu (svá) um sik búit ( they had covered themselves so) at þá mátti eigi sjá, 261; kváðu nú Guðrúnu eiga at búa um rauða skör Bolla, said that G. would have to comb B.’s (her husband’s) bloody head, Ld. 244; búa svá um at aldri mátti vökna, pack it up so that it cannot get wet, Fms. vii. 225; Þórólfr lét setja upp skip ok um búa, he had the ship laid up and fenced it round (for the winter), Eg. 199; b. um andvirki, to fence and thatch bay-ricks, Grág. ii. 335: metaph. to manage, preserve a thing, Fms. ix. 52; aumlega búinn, in a piteous state, Hom. 115.
    3. to ornament, esp. with metals or artificial work of any kind, of clothes laced with gold; kyrtill hlaðbúinn, Ísl. ii. 434, Nj. 48, Vm. 129: of gloves, B. K. 84: of a belt with stones or artificial work, Fms. xi. 271: of a drinking-horn, D. N. (Fr.); but esp. of a weapon, sword, or the like, enamelled with gold or silver (gull-búinn, silfr-búinn); búin gulli ok silfri, Fms. i. 15; búinn knífr, xi. 271; vápn búit mjök, much ornamented, ii. 255, iv. 77, 130, Eb. 226, 228.
    β. part., búinn at e-u, or vel búinn, metaph. endowed with, well endowed; at flestum í þróttum vel búinn, Nj. 61, Fms. x. 295; at auð vel búinn, wealthy, 410; vel búinn at hreysti ok allri atgörvi, Eg. 82; bezt at viti búinn, Fms. xi. 51.
    II. particular use of the part. pass, ‘boun,’ ready, willing; margir munu búnir at kaupa, ready, willing to buy, Fms. vi. 218; hann kvaðsk þess fyrir löngu búinn, Ld. 66, Fms. iii. 123; nefna vátta at þeir eru búnir ( ready) at leysa kvið þann af hendi, Grág. i. 54; vóru allir til þess búnir, Fms. xi. 360: compar., engir menn sýna sik búnari ( more willing) til liðveizlu, Sturl. i. 103: the allit. phrase, vera boðinn og búinn til e-s, vide bjóða VI: denoting fitted, adapted, ek em gamall, ok lítt b. at ( little fit to) hefna sona minna, Nj. 200; þótt ek sé verr til b. en hann fyrir vanheilsu sakir, Fms. vii. 275; eiga við búið (mod. vera við búinn), to keep oneself ready, to be on one’s guard, Bs. i. 537.
    2. on the point of doing, about to do so and so; hann var búinn til falls, he was just about to tumble, Fms. x. 314; en áðr þeir kómu var búið til hins mesta váða, ix. 444, v. l.
    β. neut. búið is used almost adverbially, on the point of, just about to; ok búið við skipbroti, Ísl. ii. 245; búið við váða miklum, Fms. ix. 310; sagði at þá var búit við geig mikinn með þeim feðgum, Eg. 158: this is rare and obsolete in mod. usage; and the Icel. now say, liggja við mér lá við að detta, where an old writer would have said, ek var búinn at detta; the sense would else be ambiguous, as búinn, vera búinn, in mod. usage means to have done; ég er búinn að eta, I have done eating; vera búinn að e-u (a work, business of any kind), to have done with it; also absol., eg er búinn, I have done; thus e. g. vera b. að kaupa, fyrir löngu b., b. at græða, leysa, etc., in mod. sense means to have done, done long ago; only by adding prepp. við, til (vera við búinn, til búinn) the part. resumes its old sense: on the other hand, búinn in the sense of having done hardly ever occurs in old writers.
    γ. búð (búið) is even used adverbially = may be, may happen; with subj. with or without ‘at,’ búð, svá sé til ætlað, may be, it will come so to happen, Nj. 114; búð, dragi til þess sem vera vill, 185; búð, eigi fari fjarri því sem þú gazt til, id., Ed. Johns. 508, note c; búð, svá þykki sem ek grípa gulli við þá, 9, note 3; búð, eigi hendi hann slík úgipta annat sinn, 42; búð, ek láta annars víti at varnaði verða, 106; búð, vér þurfim enn hlífanna, Sturl. ii. 137 (vellum MSS.; um ríð, Ed., quite without sense), cp. also Eb. 27 new Ed.: in mod. usage it is freq. to say, það er búið, vel búið, albúið, etc., it is likely, most likely that …
    δ. svá búit, adverbially, and proncd. as if one word, as matters stand, or even temp. at present, as yet; eigi mun hlýða svá búit, i. e. it will not do ‘so done,’ i. e. something else must be done, Eg. 507; eigi munu þér fá at unnit svá búið, i. e. not as yet, Fms. vii. 270; stendr þar nú svá búit (i. e. unchanged), um hríð, xi. 81; en berjask eigi svo búit, not fight as yet, Nj. 229; segja Eyjólfi til svá búins, they tell Eyolf the state of things, viz. that nothing had been done, Gísl. 41; þeir skildu við svá búit; þeir lögðu frá við svá búið, implying ‘vain effort,’ Germ. ‘unverrichteter Sache,’ Ísl. ii, Hkr. i. 340: at svá búnu, adverbially, as yet, at present; hann kvaðsk eigi fýsask til Íslands at svá búnu, Nj. 123, Fms. xi. 131; þenna draum segjum vér engum manni at svá búnu, this dream we will not tell to anybody as yet, Nj. 212; en at svá búnu tjár ekki, Fas. i. 364.
    III. reflex. to ‘boun’ or ‘busk’ oneself, make oneself ready, equip oneself; gengu menn þá á skip sín, ok bjoggusk sem hvatligast, Fms. v. 15: adding the infinitive of a verb as predicate, bjósk hann at fara norðr til Þrandheims, Eg. 18; or ellipt., where búask thus denotes the act itself, nú býsk hann út til Íslands, i. e. he ‘busked’ him to go …, Nj. 10; bjoggusk þeir fóstbræðr í hernað, they went on a free-booting trip, Landn. 31; seg Agli at þeir búisk þaðan fimmtán, 94: or adding another verb denoting the act, in the same tense, bjósk Haraldr konungr úr Þrándheimi með skipaliði, ok fór suðr á Mæri, he ‘busked’ him … and went south, Eg. 7; the journey added in gen., búask ferðar sinnar, Fms. i. 3; búask menn ferða sinna, Ld. 177.
    β. denoting intention, hidden or not put into action; fór sá kurr, at Skúli byggisk á land upp, Fms. ix. 483.
    2. to prepare for a thing; búask við boði, veizlu, etc., Nj. 10, Korm. 10; b. (vel, kristilega) við dauða sínum, andláti sínu, (eccl.) to prepare for one’s death, Fs. 80, Bs. i. 74; búask við vetri, to provide for the winter, get store in, Fms. xi. 415; b. við úfriði, vii. 23.
    β. to be on one’s guard, take steps to prevent a thing; nú ríða hér úvinir þínir at þér; skaltu svá við búask, i. e. be sure of that, make up thy mind, Nj. 264; bústu svá við, skal hann kveða, at …, Grág. ii. 244.
    γ. such phrases as, búask um = búa um sik, to make one’s own bed, encamp, make oneself comfortable, Nj. 259; tjölduðu búðir ok bjöggusk vel um, 219; var hörð veðrátta, svá at ekki mátti úti um búask, Fms. x. 13. Ld. 348; in the last passage the verb is deponent.
    3. metaph., b. við e-u, to expect, freq. in mod. usage; in phrases, það er ekki við að búast, it cannot be expected; búast við e-m, to expect a guest, or the like.
    β. to intend, think about; eg býst við að koma, I hope to come; eg bjóst aldrei við því, I never hoped for that, it never entered my mind, and in numberless cases.
    4. passive (very rare and not classical); um kveldit er matr bjósk = er m. var búinn, Fms. ix. 364.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > BÚA

  • 11 Froude, William

    SUBJECT AREA: Ports and shipping
    [br]
    b. 1810 Dartington, Devon, England
    d. 4 May 1879 Simonstown, South Africa
    [br]
    English naval architect; pioneer of experimental ship-model research.
    [br]
    Froude was educated at a preparatory school at Buckfastleigh, and then at Westminster School, London, before entering Oriel College, Oxford, to read mathematics and classics. Between 1836 and 1838 he served as a pupil civil engineer, and then he joined the staff of Isambard Kingdom Brunel on various railway engineering projects in southern England, including the South Devon Atmospheric Railway. He retired from professional work in 1846 and lived with his invalid father at Dartington Parsonage. The next twenty years, while apparently unproductive, were important to Froude as he concentrated his mind on difficult mathematical and scientific problems. Froude married in 1839 and had five children, one of whom, Robert Edmund Froude (1846–1924), was to succeed him in later years in his research work for the Admiralty. Following the death of his father, Froude moved to Paignton, and there commenced his studies on the resistance of solid bodies moving through fluids. Initially these were with hulls towed through a house roof storage tank by wires taken over a pulley and attached to falling weights, but the work became more sophisticated and was conducted on ponds and the open water of a creek near Dartmouth. Froude published work on the rolling of ships in the second volume of the Transactions of the then new Institution of Naval Architects and through this became acquainted with Sir Edward Reed. This led in 1870 to the Admiralty's offer of £2,000 towards the cost of an experimental tank for ship models at Torquay. The tank was completed in 1872 and tests were carried out on the model of HMS Greyhound following full-scale towing trials which had commenced on the actual ship the previous year. From this Froude enunciated his Law of Comparisons, which defines the rules concerning the relationship of the power required to move geometrically similar floating bodies across fluids. It enabled naval architects to predict, from a study of a much less expensive and smaller model, the resistance to motion and the power required to move a full-size ship. The work in the tank led Froude to design a model-cutting machine, dynamometers and machinery for the accurate ruling of graph paper. Froude's work, and later that of his son, was prodigious and covered many fields of ship design, including powering, propulsion, rolling, steering and stability. In only six years he had stamped his academic authority on the new science of hydrodynamics, served on many national committees and corresponded with fellow researchers throughout the world. His health suffered and he sailed for South Africa to recuperate, but he contracted dysentery and died at Simonstown. He will be remembered for all time as one of the greatest "fathers" of naval architecture.
    [br]
    Principal Honours and Distinctions
    FRS. Honorary LLD Glasgow University.
    Bibliography
    1955, The Papers of William Froude, London: Institution of Naval Architects (the Institution also published a memoir by Sir Westcott Abell and an evaluation of his work by Dr R.W.L. Gawn of the Royal Corps of Naval Constructors; this volume reprints all Froude's papers from the Institution of Naval Architects and other sources as diverse as the British Association, the Royal Society of Edinburgh and the Institution of Civil Engineers.
    Further Reading
    A.T.Crichton, 1990, "William and Robert Edmund Froude and the evolution of the ship model experimental tank", Transactions of the Newcomen Society 61:33–49.
    FMW

    Biographical history of technology > Froude, William

  • 12 Richard of Wallingford, Abbot

    SUBJECT AREA: Horology
    [br]
    b. 1291/2 Wallingford, England
    d. 23 May 1336 St Albans, Hertfordshire, England
    [br]
    English cleric, mathematician and astronomer who produced the earliest mechanical clock of which there is detailed knowledge.
    [br]
    Richard, the son of a blacksmith, was adopted by the Prior of Wallingford when his father died and educated at Oxford. He then joined the monastery at St Albans and was ordained as a priest in 1317. After a further period at Oxford studying mathematics and astronomy he returned to St Albans as Abbot in 1327. Shortly after he had been elected Abbot he started work on a very elaborate astronomical clock. The escapement and the striking mechanism of this clock were unusual. The former was a variation on the verge escapement, and the hour striking (up to twenty-four) was controlled by a series of pins laid out in a helical pattern on a drum. However, timekeeping was of secondary importance as the main purpose of the clock was to show the motion of the Sun, Moon and planets (the details of the planet mechanism are lost) and to demonstrate eclipses. This was achieved in a very precise manner by a series of ingenious mechanisms, such as the elliptical wheel that was used to derive the variable motion of the sun.
    Richard died of leprosy, which he had contracted during a visit to obtain papal confirmation of his appointment, and the clock was completed after his death. The last recorded reference to it was made by John Leyland, shortly before the dissolution of the monasteries. It is now known only from incomplete manuscript copies of Richard's treatise. A modern reconstruction has been made based upon J.D.North's interpretation of the manuscript.
    [br]
    Bibliography
    For the drafts of Richard's Treatise on the Clock, with translation and commentary, see J.D.North, 1976, Richard of Wallingford, 3 vols, Oxford.
    Further Reading
    See J.D.North's definitive work above: for biographical information see Vol. 2, pp. 1–16. Most of the shorter accounts appeared before the publication of North's treatise and are therefore of more limited use.
    G.White, 1978, "Evolution of the epicyclic gear—part 2", Chartered Mechanical Engineer (April): 85–8 (an account of Richard's use of epicyclic gearing).
    DV

    Biographical history of technology > Richard of Wallingford, Abbot

  • 13 anular

    adj.
    1 ring-shaped.
    dedo anular ring finger
    2 annular, ring-shaped.
    Ricardo compró un artefacto anular Richard bought a ring-shaped artifact.
    m.
    1 ring finger (dedo).
    Elsa se quebró el anular Elsa fractured her ring finger.
    2 annular, annular ligament.
    v.
    1 to annul, to leave without effect, to abolish, to invalidate.
    El juez anuló la decisión The judge annulled the decision.
    2 to belittle, to annul, to underrate.
    Dorotea anula a su hijo Dorothy belittles her son.
    3 to chalk off.
    * * *
    1 ring-shaped
    1 ring finger
    ————————
    1 (matrimonio) to annul; (una ley) to repeal; (una sentencia) to quash
    2 (un pedido, viaje) to cancel; (un contrato) to invalidate, cancel
    3 DEPORTE (un gol) to disallow
    4 figurado (desautorizar) to deprive of authority
    1 to lose one's authority
    * * *
    verb
    1) to cancel, annul, rescind
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) [+ contrato] to cancel, rescind; [+ ley] to repeal; [+ decisión] to override; [+ matrimonio] to annul
    2) [+ elecciones, resultado] to declare null and void; [+ gol, tanto] to disallow
    3) [+ cita, viaje, evento] to cancel
    4) [+ cheque] to cancel
    5) [+ efecto] to cancel out, destroy
    6) (Mat) to cancel out
    7) [+ persona] to overshadow
    8) frm (=incapacitar) to deprive of authority, remove from office
    2.
    See:
    * * *
    I
    adjetivo < forma> ring-shaped
    II 1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) <contrato/viaje> to cancel; < matrimonio> to annul; <fallo/sentencia> to quash, overturn; < resultado> to declare... null and void; <tanto/gol> to disallow
    b) < cheque> ( destruir) to cancel; ( dar orden de no pagar) to stop
    2) < persona> to destroy
    2.
    anularse v pron (recípr)
    III
    masculino ring finger
    * * *
    = negate, nullify, override, overtake, overturn, render + valueless, render + wrong, repeal, rule out, short-circuit [shortcircuit], stultify, dope, gainsay, eviscerate, wipe out, obliterate, preempt [pre-empt], revoke, undo, waive, quash, block off, write off, blot out, overrule, void.
    Ex. Thus excessive delays in the availability of cataloguing records from the central agency will negate much of the value of a central service.
    Ex. To adopt terms or names in various languages, which are probably unfamiliar in a certain other language, would be to nullify the usefulness of that catalog to all of these users in the interest of cooperation.
    Ex. On the final screen in the sequence, the default values for today's closing time and tomorrow's opening time may be overridden.
    Ex. Why have card-based systems been overtaken by computer databases?.
    Ex. However, any refinement involves greater human intervention, and this in turn can easily overturn the arguments in favour of subject indexes based upon titles.
    Ex. The immense cultural differences facing the professions tends to render comparisons valueless.
    Ex. Further, changes in the external world serve to render judgments, valid at the moment, wrong at best, and detrimental to the effectiveness of the catalog at worst.
    Ex. I was one of the cosigners of a resolution which tried to have the ISBD repealed.
    Ex. If, however, we index documents about primary schools under the term primary school, we can immediately rule out a lot of irrelevant documents in our search.
    Ex. There is little modulation, whole steps of division being short-circuited and an odd assembly of terms being frequently found: e.g.: LAW see also JURY, JUDGES.
    Ex. Excessive standardisation also tends to stultify development and improvement of IT products.
    Ex. A photolithographic process selectively dopes minute areas of the silicon and so builds up circuits.
    Ex. We could even agree that no one in our experience is terribly interested in knowing about all of the works of an author, and this would not gainsay the value of consistent author entry.
    Ex. Also, to become emotionally wedded to a particular view is to eviscerate one's effectiveness in achieving a workable solution.
    Ex. Strong economic forces, inflation and an over-strong pound wiped out any noticeable benefits of EEC membership to industry.
    Ex. Typing errors cannot be obliterated with a normal erasing fluid as this would print and appear as a blotch on the copies.
    Ex. This article concludes that the main value of the indicators is as a management tool, as a means of preempting problems.
    Ex. I would think that we would still charge for lost and damaged books and that we would revoke borrowing privileges of chronic offenders, or whatever we decide to call them.
    Ex. The National Library of Estonia, established in 1918, is undergoing a revolutionary period of undoing the effects of the cultural policies of the communist regime.
    Ex. When only partial success in contracted terms is achieved, the repayment due may be reduced or waived.
    Ex. The author brazenly insists that Woodman's family has compromised the documentation of the photographer's life by effectively quashing most of her work.
    Ex. A globalizing world so devoted to 'diversity,' as the present one is, can ill afford to block off one particular communication channel in favor of any other.
    Ex. They express concern over Povinelli's certainty in writing off that multicultural project, however.
    Ex. Las Vegas was once notorious for loose morals, fast living and financial transactions murky enough to blot out the desert sun.
    Ex. President Eisenhower overruled some of his military commanders in summer 1958, ordering them not to use nuclear weapons against China.
    Ex. However, in the case when the user's input fails, we would like to void the reserved funds.
    ----
    * anular las posibilidades = close off + possibilities.
    * anular la validez de un concepto = sterilise + idea.
    * anular una posibilidad = block off + alley.
    * * *
    I
    adjetivo < forma> ring-shaped
    II 1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) <contrato/viaje> to cancel; < matrimonio> to annul; <fallo/sentencia> to quash, overturn; < resultado> to declare... null and void; <tanto/gol> to disallow
    b) < cheque> ( destruir) to cancel; ( dar orden de no pagar) to stop
    2) < persona> to destroy
    2.
    anularse v pron (recípr)
    III
    masculino ring finger
    * * *
    = negate, nullify, override, overtake, overturn, render + valueless, render + wrong, repeal, rule out, short-circuit [shortcircuit], stultify, dope, gainsay, eviscerate, wipe out, obliterate, preempt [pre-empt], revoke, undo, waive, quash, block off, write off, blot out, overrule, void.

    Ex: Thus excessive delays in the availability of cataloguing records from the central agency will negate much of the value of a central service.

    Ex: To adopt terms or names in various languages, which are probably unfamiliar in a certain other language, would be to nullify the usefulness of that catalog to all of these users in the interest of cooperation.
    Ex: On the final screen in the sequence, the default values for today's closing time and tomorrow's opening time may be overridden.
    Ex: Why have card-based systems been overtaken by computer databases?.
    Ex: However, any refinement involves greater human intervention, and this in turn can easily overturn the arguments in favour of subject indexes based upon titles.
    Ex: The immense cultural differences facing the professions tends to render comparisons valueless.
    Ex: Further, changes in the external world serve to render judgments, valid at the moment, wrong at best, and detrimental to the effectiveness of the catalog at worst.
    Ex: I was one of the cosigners of a resolution which tried to have the ISBD repealed.
    Ex: If, however, we index documents about primary schools under the term primary school, we can immediately rule out a lot of irrelevant documents in our search.
    Ex: There is little modulation, whole steps of division being short-circuited and an odd assembly of terms being frequently found: e.g.: LAW see also JURY, JUDGES.
    Ex: Excessive standardisation also tends to stultify development and improvement of IT products.
    Ex: A photolithographic process selectively dopes minute areas of the silicon and so builds up circuits.
    Ex: We could even agree that no one in our experience is terribly interested in knowing about all of the works of an author, and this would not gainsay the value of consistent author entry.
    Ex: Also, to become emotionally wedded to a particular view is to eviscerate one's effectiveness in achieving a workable solution.
    Ex: Strong economic forces, inflation and an over-strong pound wiped out any noticeable benefits of EEC membership to industry.
    Ex: Typing errors cannot be obliterated with a normal erasing fluid as this would print and appear as a blotch on the copies.
    Ex: This article concludes that the main value of the indicators is as a management tool, as a means of preempting problems.
    Ex: I would think that we would still charge for lost and damaged books and that we would revoke borrowing privileges of chronic offenders, or whatever we decide to call them.
    Ex: The National Library of Estonia, established in 1918, is undergoing a revolutionary period of undoing the effects of the cultural policies of the communist regime.
    Ex: When only partial success in contracted terms is achieved, the repayment due may be reduced or waived.
    Ex: The author brazenly insists that Woodman's family has compromised the documentation of the photographer's life by effectively quashing most of her work.
    Ex: A globalizing world so devoted to 'diversity,' as the present one is, can ill afford to block off one particular communication channel in favor of any other.
    Ex: They express concern over Povinelli's certainty in writing off that multicultural project, however.
    Ex: Las Vegas was once notorious for loose morals, fast living and financial transactions murky enough to blot out the desert sun.
    Ex: President Eisenhower overruled some of his military commanders in summer 1958, ordering them not to use nuclear weapons against China.
    Ex: However, in the case when the user's input fails, we would like to void the reserved funds.
    * anular las posibilidades = close off + possibilities.
    * anular la validez de un concepto = sterilise + idea.
    * anular una posibilidad = block off + alley.

    * * *
    ‹forma› ring-shaped dedo
    anular2 [A1 ]
    vt
    A
    1 ‹contrato› to cancel, rescind; ‹matrimonio› to annul; ‹fallo/sentencia› to quash, overturn; ‹resultado› to declare … null and void; ‹tanto/gol› to disallow
    2 ‹cheque› (destruir) to cancel; (dar orden de no pagar) to stop
    3 ‹viaje/compromiso› to cancel
    B ‹persona› to destroy
    las dos fuerzas se anulan the two forces cancel each other out
    ring finger
    * * *

     

    anular verbo transitivo
    a)contrato/viaje to cancel;

    matrimonio to annul;
    fallo/sentencia to quash, overturn;
    resultadoto declare … null and void;
    tanto/gol to disallow
    b) cheque› ( destruir) to cancel;

    ( dar orden de no pagar) to stop
    ■ sustantivo masculino
    finger ring
    anular 1 sustantivo masculino ring finger
    anular 2 verbo transitivo
    1 Com (un pedido) to cancel
    Dep (un gol) to disallow
    (un matrimonio) to annul
    Jur (una ley) to repeal
    2 Inform to delete
    3 (desautorizar, ignorar a una persona) to destroy
    ' anular' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    dedo
    English:
    annul
    - cancel out
    - disallow
    - invalidate
    - negate
    - nullify
    - off
    - override
    - quash
    - rescind
    - ring finger
    - scrub
    - cancel
    - finger
    - over
    * * *
    adj
    [en forma de anillo] ring-shaped;
    dedo anular ring finger
    nm
    [dedo] ring finger
    vt
    1. [cancelar] to cancel;
    [ley] to repeal; [matrimonio, contrato] to annul
    2. Dep [partido] to call off;
    [gol] to disallow; [resultado] to declare void
    3. [restar iniciativa]
    su marido la anula totalmente she's totally dominated by her husband;
    el defensa anuló a la estrella del equipo contrario the defender marked the opposing team's star out of the game
    * * *
    1 v/t cancel; matrimonio annul; gol disallow; ley repeal
    2 adj ring-shaped;
    dedo anular ring finger
    * * *
    anular vt
    : to annul, to cancel
    * * *
    anular vb
    1. (cita, viaje, etc) to cancel [pt. & pp. cancelled]
    2. (matrimonio) to annul [pt. & pp. annulled]
    3. (gol, tanto) to disallow

    Spanish-English dictionary > anular

  • 14 Parsons, Sir Charles Algernon

    [br]
    b. 13 June 1854 London, England
    d. 11 February 1931 on board Duchess of Richmond, Kingston, Jamaica
    [br]
    English eingineer, inventor of the steam turbine and developer of the high-speed electric generator.
    [br]
    The youngest son of the Earl of Rosse, he came from a family well known in scientific circles, the six boys growing up in an intellectual atmosphere at Birr Castle, the ancestral home in Ireland, where a forge and large workshop were available to them. Charles, like his brothers, did not go to school but was educated by private tutors of the character of Sir Robert Ball, this type of education being interspersed with overseas holiday trips to France, Holland, Belgium and Spain in the family yacht. In 1871, at the age of 17, he went to Trinity College, Dublin, and after two years he went on to St John's College, Cambridge. This was before the Engineering School had opened, and Parsons studied mechanics and mathematics.
    In 1877 he was apprenticed to W.G.Armstrong \& Co. of Elswick, where he stayed for four years, developing an epicycloidal engine that he had designed while at Cambridge. He then moved to Kitson \& Co. of Leeds, where he went half shares in a small experimental shop working on rocket propulsion for torpedoes.
    In 1887 he married Katherine Bethell, who contracted rheumatic fever from early-morning outdoor vigils with her husband to watch his torpedo experiments while on their honeymoon! He then moved to a partnership in Clarke, Chapman \& Co. at Gateshead. There he joined the electrical department, initially working on the development of a small, steam-driven marine lighting set. This involved the development of either a low-speed dynamo, for direct coupling to a reciprocating engine, or a high-speed engine, and it was this requirement that started Parsons on the track of the steam turbine. This entailed many problems such as the running of shafts at speeds of up to 40,000 rpm and the design of a DC generator for 18,000 rpm. He took out patents for both the turbine and the generator on 23 April 1884. In 1888 he dissolved his partnership with Clarke, Chapman \& Co. to set up his own firm in Newcastle, leaving his patents with the company's owners. This denied him the use of the axial-flow turbine, so Parsons then designed a radial-flow layout; he later bought back his patents from Clarke, Chapman \& Co. His original patent had included the use of the steam turbine as a means of marine propulsion, and Parsons now set about realizing this possibility. He experimented with 2 ft (61 cm) and 6 ft (183 cm) long models, towed with a fishing line or, later, driven by a twisted rubber cord, through a single-reduction set of spiral gearing.
    The first trials of the Turbinia took place in 1894 but were disappointing due to cavitation, a little-understood phenomenon at the time. He used an axial-flow turbine of 2,000 shp running at 2,000 rpm. His work resulted in a far greater understanding of the phenomenon of cavitation than had hitherto existed. Land turbines of up to 350 kW (470 hp) had meanwhile been built. Experiments with the Turbinia culminated in a demonstration which took place at the great Naval Review of 1897 at Spithead, held to celebrate Queen Victoria's Diamond Jubilee. Here, the little Turbinia darted in and out of the lines of heavy warships and destroyers, attaining the unheard of speed of 34.5 knots. The following year the Admiralty placed their first order for a turbine-driven ship, and passenger vessels started operation soon after, the first in 1901. By 1906 the Admiralty had moved over to use turbines exclusively. These early turbines had almost all been direct-coupled to the ship's propeller shaft. For optimum performance of both turbine and propeller, Parsons realized that some form of reduction gearing was necessary, which would have to be extremely accurate because of the speeds involved. Parsons's Creep Mechanism of 1912 ensured that any errors in the master wheel would be distributed evenly around the wheel being cut.
    Parsons was also involved in optical work and had a controlling interest in the firm of Ross Ltd of London and, later, in Sir Howard Grubb \& Sons. He he was an enlightened employer, originating share schemes and other benefits for his employees.
    [br]
    Principal Honours and Distinctions
    Knighted. Order of Merit 1927.
    Further Reading
    A.T.Bowden, 1966, "Charles Parsons: Purveyor of power", in E.G.Semler (ed.), The Great Masters. Engineering Heritage, Vol. II, London: Institution of Mechanical Engineers/Heinemann.
    IMcN

    Biographical history of technology > Parsons, Sir Charles Algernon

  • 15 contract

    1 noun ['kɒntrækt]
    (a) Commerce & Finance (agreement) contrat m, convention f; (to supply goods, services) soumission f, adjudication f; (document) contrat m;
    to draw up a contract dresser ou rédiger un contrat;
    to sign a contract signer un contrat;
    to be under contract être sous contrat, avoir un contrat;
    to put work out to contract sous-traiter du travail;
    they were given the contract to build the new road ils se sont vu attribuer le contrat pour construire la nouvelle route;
    familiar to put out a contract on sb mettre la tête de qn à prix;
    contract of employment contrat m de travail;
    the police suspect it was a contract killing la police soupçonne que c'est le travail d'un tueur à gages
    (b) Cards (contract bridge) bridge m contrat
    ['kɒntrækt] (work) à forfait, contractuel
    3 transitive verb [kən'trækt]
    to contract (with sb) to do sth s'engager par contrat à faire qch;
    she has contracted to make two films elle a signé un contrat pour faire deux films
    (b) formal (agree to → alliance, marriage) contracter
    (c) (acquire → disease, illness, debt) contracter
    (d) (make tense → features) crisper; Physiology (→ muscle) contracter; (→ tissues) resserrer
    (e) Linguistics (vowel, word) contracter
    4 intransitive verb [kən'trækt]
    (a) (metal) se contracter; (opening, material) rétrécir, se contracter;
    the pupil contracts in bright light la pupille se contracte à la lumière intense
    (b) Physiology (muscle, pupil) se contracter; (tissues) se resserrer
    (c) Linguistics (vowel, word) se contracter;
    "cannot" contracts into "can't" "cannot" se contracte en "can't"
    to contract for a supply of sth s'engager à fournir qch;
    to contract for work entreprendre des travaux à forfait
    ►► Stock Exchange contract bond garantie f d'exécution;
    Cards contract bridge bridge m contrat;
    contract killer tueur m à gages;
    contract labour main-d'œuvre f contractuelle;
    contract law droit m des contrats;
    Stock Exchange contract note avis m d'exécution, avis m d'opération sur titre;
    contract staff personnel m en contrat à durée déterminée ou en CDD; (in public sector) contractuels mpl
    British Commerce s'engager (par contrat préalable)
    Commerce (work) sous-traiter
    British to contract out of sth cesser de cotiser à qch

    Un panorama unique de l'anglais et du français > contract

  • 16 Carnot, Nicolas Léonard Sadi

    [br]
    b. 1 June 1796 Paris, France
    d. 24 August 1831 Paris, France
    [br]
    French laid the foundations for modern thermodynamics through his book Réflexions sur la puissance motrice du feu when he stated that the efficiency of an engine depended on the working substance and the temperature drop between the incoming and outgoing steam.
    [br]
    Sadi was the eldest son of Lazare Carnot, who was prominent as one of Napoleon's military and civil advisers. Sadi was born in the Palais du Petit Luxembourg and grew up during the Napoleonic wars. He was tutored by his father until in 1812, at the minimum age of 16, he entered the Ecole Polytechnique to study stress analysis, mechanics, descriptive geometry and chemistry. He organized the students to fight against the allies at Vincennes in 1814. He left the Polytechnique that October and went to the Ecole du Génie at Metz as a student second lieutenant. While there, he wrote several scientific papers, but on the Restoration in 1815 he was regarded with suspicion because of the support his father had given Napoleon. In 1816, on completion of his studies, Sadi became a second lieutenant in the Metz engineering regiment and spent his time in garrison duty, drawing up plans of fortifications. He seized the chance to escape from this dull routine in 1819 through an appointment to the army general staff corps in Paris, where he took leave of absence on half pay and began further courses of study at the Sorbonne, Collège de France, Ecole des Mines and the Conservatoire des Arts et Métiers. He was inter-ested in industrial development, political economy, tax reform and the fine arts.
    It was not until 1821 that he began to concentrate on the steam-engine, and he soon proposed his early form of the Carnot cycle. He sought to find a general solution to cover all types of steam-engine, and reduced their operation to three basic stages: an isothermal expansion as the steam entered the cylinder; an adiabatic expansion; and an isothermal compression in the condenser. In 1824 he published his Réflexions sur la puissance motrice du feu, which was well received at the time but quickly forgotten. In it he accepted the caloric theory of heat but pointed out the impossibility of perpetual motion. His main contribution to a correct understanding of a heat engine, however, lay in his suggestion that power can be produced only where there exists a temperature difference due "not to an actual consumption of caloric but to its transportation from a warm body to a cold body". He used the analogy of a water-wheel with the water falling around its circumference. He proposed the true Carnot cycle with the addition of a final adiabatic compression in which motive power was con sumed to heat the gas to its original incoming temperature and so closed the cycle. He realized the importance of beginning with the temperature of the fire and not the steam in the boiler. These ideas were not taken up in the study of thermodynartiics until after Sadi's death when B.P.E.Clapeyron discovered his book in 1834.
    In 1824 Sadi was recalled to military service as a staff captain, but he resigned in 1828 to devote his time to physics and economics. He continued his work on steam-engines and began to develop a kinetic theory of heat. In 1831 he was investigating the physical properties of gases and vapours, especially the relationship between temperature and pressure. In June 1832 he contracted scarlet fever, which was followed by "brain fever". He made a partial recovery, but that August he fell victim to a cholera epidemic to which he quickly succumbed.
    [br]
    Bibliography
    1824, Réflexions sur la puissance motrice du feu; pub. 1960, trans. R.H.Thurston, New York: Dover Publications; pub. 1978, trans. Robert Fox, Paris (full biographical accounts are provided in the introductions of the translated editions).
    Further Reading
    Dictionary of Scientific Biography, 1971, Vol. III, New York: C.Scribner's Sons. T.I.Williams (ed.), 1969, A Biographical Dictionary of Scientists, London: A. \& C.
    Black.
    Chambers Concise Dictionary of Scientists, 1989, Cambridge.
    D.S.L.Cardwell, 1971, from Watt to Clausius. The Rise of Thermodynamics in the Early Industrial Age, London: Heinemann (discusses Carnot's theories of heat).
    RLH

    Biographical history of technology > Carnot, Nicolas Léonard Sadi

См. также в других словарях:

  • The Irish (in Countries Other Than Ireland) —     The Irish (in countries other than Ireland)     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Irish (in countries other than Ireland)     I. IN THE UNITED STATES     Who were the first Irish to land on the American continent and the time of their arrival are …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Marching Morons — is a science fiction short story written by Cyril M. Kornbluth, originally published in Galaxy in April, 1951. It was included in The Science Fiction Hall of Fame, Volume Two after being voted one of the best novellas up to 1965.The story is set… …   Wikipedia

  • The Morall Fabillis of Esope the Phrygian — The Preiching of the Swallow The Morall Fabillis of Esope the Phrygian is a cycle of connected poems by the Scottish makar Robert Henryson. In the accepted text it consists of thirteen versions of fables, seven modelled on stories from Aesop… …   Wikipedia

  • The Motorcycle Diaries (book) — This article is about the book. For the movie based on the book, see The Motorcycle Diaries (film). The Motorcycle Diaries   …   Wikipedia

  • The Hiding Place (biography) — Infobox Book name = The Hiding Place title orig = translator = image caption = The Hiding Place book cover, displayed edition published by Bantam Books in October 1974 author = Corrie ten Boom illustrator = cover artist = country = United States… …   Wikipedia

  • The Carmelite Order —     The Carmelite Order     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Carmelite Order     One of the mendicant orders.     Origin     The date of the foundation of the Order of Our Lady of Mount Carmel has been under discussion from the fourteenth century to …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The United States of America —     The United States of America     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The United States of America     BOUNDARIES AND AREA     On the east the boundary is formed by the St. Croix River and an arbitrary line to the St. John, and on the north by the… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Pied Piper of Hamelin — is a legend about the abduction of many children from the town of Hamelin ( Hameln ), Germany. Famous versions of the legend are given by the Brothers Grimm and, in English, by Robert Browning.PlotIn 1284, while the town of Hamelin was suffering… …   Wikipedia

  • The Killer (1989 film) — The Killer Film poster for The Killer Directed by John Woo Produced by …   Wikipedia

  • The Young and the Restless minor characters — The following are characters from the American soap opera The Young and the Restless who are notable for their actions or relationships, but who do not warrant their own articles. Contents 1 Current Characters 1.1 Genevieve …   Wikipedia

  • Work-life balance — The expression work life balance was first used in the late 1970s to describe the balance between an individual s work and personal life. (New Ways to Work and the Working Mother s Association in the United Kingdom). In the United States, this… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»